diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/help.pm | 208 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot | 946 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot | 780 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot | 1545 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot | 635 |
5 files changed, 1555 insertions, 2559 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm index 109334385..1145b3b60 100644 --- a/perl-install/help.pm +++ b/perl-install/help.pm @@ -13,22 +13,22 @@ addUser => __("GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide'' to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users -you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own -files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one -regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for -routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday, -it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your -system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular -user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system. +you add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own files +and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one regular +user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for routine use. +Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday, it may also +be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your system would +not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular user, you may +only lose some information, but not the entire system. First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course - as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A -non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one -from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after -all, your files are at risk. +non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"' +one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: +after all, your files are at risk. If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical workstation! Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory -text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular +text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing different options for a minimal installation: @@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or updating an existing system."), choosePackagesTree => -__("Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you -will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and -subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, -subgroups, or individual packages. +__("Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select +individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages +classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select +entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages. Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such a floppy."), configureNetwork => -__("You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you -wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click -\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If -this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You -may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case, +__("You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to +connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\". +The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this +detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You may +also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case, simply click the \"Cancel\" button. Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need. configureTimezoneGMT => __("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible -to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the +to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the machine is hosting another operating system like Windows. @@ -231,19 +231,9 @@ information about this wizard. If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end -after 10 seconds, restoring the screen."), - -configureXmain => -__("The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied -with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence, -even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration -suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid -modes it could find, asking you to select one. - -As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change -graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which -server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any -modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure."), +after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the Video +configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to +configure your display."), configureXxdm => __("Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface @@ -271,10 +261,10 @@ contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a password, or any other reason. -When you click on this step, you will be asked to insert a disk inside the -drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which -you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite -the whole disk."), +If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The +floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not +need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole +disk."), doPartitionDisks => __("At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake @@ -308,7 +298,9 @@ partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further; * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this -option; +option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to +each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default, +and you should generally keep them. * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, @@ -341,7 +333,9 @@ will be lost; * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you -know what you are doing."), +know what you are doing. To know how do use the DiskDrake utility used +here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````User +Guide''''"), exitInstall => __("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is @@ -412,7 +406,7 @@ installUpdates => __("At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these -updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose +updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose \"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer to install updated packages later. @@ -433,8 +427,8 @@ __("At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be. However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of -easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' -to get more information about the meaning of these levels. +ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to +get more information about the meaning of these levels. If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."), @@ -454,26 +448,26 @@ To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options: * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive; - * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\" -and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive; + * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and +swap partitions in free space of your hard drive; - * \"More\": gives access to additional features: +\"More\": gives access to additional features: - * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. -Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly -recommended to perform this step; + * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful +for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended +to perform this step; - * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved + * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved partition table from floppy disk; - * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you -can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember -that it can fail; + * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can +try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it +can fail; - * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your -initial partition table; + * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial +partition table; - * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force + * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and CD-ROMs. @@ -501,7 +495,7 @@ When a partition is selected, you can use: * Ctrl-m to set the mount point. To get information about the different filesystem types available, please -read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''. +read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''. If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS ``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot @@ -549,23 +543,23 @@ installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux system: - * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on -what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux -or other) partitions unchanged; + * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system, however, depending on +what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some +old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged; * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All -other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain +other configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal installation; - * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an -existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations -unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also -possible. + * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to +upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system +configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation +is also possible. -Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\" -release. +Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems containing version +\"8.1\" or later. Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following choices: @@ -574,27 +568,32 @@ choices: operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be asked a few questions; - * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this -installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a -highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be -difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not -choose this unless you know what you are doing."), + * Expert: if you have a good understanding of GNU/Linux, you may wish to +perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will +have to make may be difficult if you do not have good knowledge of +GNU/Linux, so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of +experience select this installation class."), selectKeyboard => __("Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the -language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you -might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for -example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want -your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are -located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both -cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an -appropriate keyboard from the list. +language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that +corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English +speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss +keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find +yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to +this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list. Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of -supported keyboards."), +supported keyboards. + +If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be +asked on next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the +keyboard layout between the latin and non latin layouts."), selectLanguage => -__("Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage. +__("The first step is to choose your preferred language. + +Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage. Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages @@ -618,7 +617,14 @@ type from the provided list. If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return] -to \"Cancel\" and choose again."), +to \"Cancel\" and choose again. + +Wheel mouses are sometimes not automatically detected. You will need to +manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to +the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\" +button, a mouse image is displayed. You then need to move the wheel of your +mouse to activate it correctly. Then test all buttons and movements are +correct."), selectSerialPort => __("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under @@ -653,9 +659,9 @@ error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an authentication server, like NIS or LDAP. -If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select -\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your -network administrator. +If your network uses either of the LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain +authentication services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". +If you do not know, ask your network administrator. If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication."), @@ -698,23 +704,17 @@ Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !! Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced -options, which are reserved to the expert user. +options, which are reserved for the expert user."), -After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of +setupBootloaderAddEntry => +__("After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed. If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next -installation step."), - -setupBootloaderAddEntry => -__("LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot -either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer. -Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and -installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this -screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters. +installation step. You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then, @@ -756,18 +756,18 @@ Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over networks."), setupSCSI => -__("DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also -scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is +__("DrakX now detects any IDE devices present in your computer. It will also +scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver. Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware, DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\" if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will -be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have -no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware -detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking -\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to -return to the SCSI interface question. +be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you +have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of +hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and +clicking \"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" +button to return to the SCSI interface question. If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for @@ -878,7 +878,9 @@ correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in; * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer -configuration wizard; +configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``User +Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface +presented there is similar to the one used during installation; * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. No modification possible at installation time; diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot index 41876c8b7..0e755771c 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot @@ -1,34 +1,42 @@ # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" -"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" -"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" -"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" "you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" msgstr "" -"„LILO“ (der LInux LOader) und „grub“ sind Betriebssystemstarter: Diese\n" -"Programme starten entweder GNU/Linux oder die anderen Betriebssysteme, die\n" -"auf Ihrem Rechner vorhanden sind. Normalerweise erkennen diese Werkzeuge\n" -"alle existierenden Betriebssysteme korrekt und bieten Sie als\n" -"Startalternativen an. Ist dies einmal nicht der Fall, können Sie hier\n" -"manuell helfend eingreifen. Seien Sie jedoch vorsichtig, dass sie die\n" -"korrekten Parameter eingeben.\n" -"\n" -"Eventuell möchten Sie anderen Anwendern nicht die Möglichkeit geben, diese\n" -"anderen Betriebssysteme zu verwenden, in diesem Fall können Sie den\n" -"entsprechenden Eintrag einfach löschen. Das hat jedoch zur Folge, dass sie\n" -"eine Startdiskette benötigen, um diese Betriebssysteme in Zukunft starten\n" -"zu können." +"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Startetr Parameter eingestellt haben,\n" +"bekommen Sie die Liste möglicher Betriebssystemalternativen für das\n" +"Startmenü gezeigt.\n" +"\n" +"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n" +"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n" +"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n" +"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n" +"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ändern“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" +"„Hinzufügen“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „Fertig“ bringt Sie zum\n" +"nächsten Installationsschritt.\n" +"\n" +"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugiff auf die\n" +"übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n" +"die jeweiligen Einträge entfernen, Sie müssen jedoch selbst für\n" +"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Syteme erreichen zu können!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" +"\n" "Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" @@ -41,6 +49,8 @@ msgid "" "Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" "additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." msgstr "" +"Als ersten Schritt, wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n" +"\n" "Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n" "Systemlaufzeit.\n" "\n" @@ -54,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie automatisch zum nächsten Schritt." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" @@ -87,7 +97,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option;\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" +"and you should generally keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" "is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" @@ -120,7 +132,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" "your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" "can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing." +"know what you are doing. To know how do use the DiskDrake utility used\n" +"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````User\n" +"Guide''''" msgstr "" "Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n" "System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n" @@ -157,12 +171,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * „Verwende existierende“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere\n" "existierende Linux Partitionen auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese\n" -"Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie behalten wollen.\n" -"\n" -" * „Komplette Platte löschen“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren,\n" -"und sie durch Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie\n" -"diese Schaltfläche. Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig\n" -"gemacht werden kann.\n" +"Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die\n" +"Einhängpunkte der Partitionen anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die\n" +"Einhängpunkte der gefundenen Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig\n" +"diese zu ändern.\n" "\n" " * „Freien Platz der Windows Partition verwenden“: Falls der gesamte\n" "Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM) verschwendet ist, müssen Sie\n" @@ -177,16 +189,27 @@ msgstr "" "betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n" "momentan.\n" "\n" +" * „Komplette Platte löschen“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren,\n" +"und sie durch Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie\n" +"diese Schaltfläche. Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig\n" +"gemacht werden kann.\n" +"\n" +" !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" +"gelöscht! !!\n" +"\n" " * „Windows(TM) löschen“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows\n" "Partitionen gelöscht und die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n" "\n" -" !! Alle Daten auf den Platten gehen dadurch verloren! !!\n" +" !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" +"gelöscht! !!\n" "\n" " * „Expertenmodus“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber von Hand partitionieren\n" "wollen, dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr\n" "sorgfältig, wenn Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen\n" "Einstellungen vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren\n" -"können. Diese Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun.\n" +"können. Diese Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu\n" +"erfahren, wie Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel\n" +"„Managing Your Partitions“ im „„User Guide““\n" "\n" "(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n" "Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n" @@ -197,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" "aus Redmond gleichgesetzt." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -216,7 +239,9 @@ msgid "" "If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" "will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" "means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the Video\n" +"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" +"configure your display." msgstr "" "X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n" "GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n" @@ -240,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurationsmenü erscheinen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" "Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" @@ -249,45 +274,45 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Please be patient." msgstr "" -"Ihre neue Mandrake Linux Distribution wird nun installiert. Das dauert\n" -"einige Minuten (abhängig von der Anzahl zu installierender Pakete und der\n" -"Geschwindigkeit Ihres Rechners).\n" +"Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System wird nun installiert. Abhängig von der\n" +"Anzahl Pakete und der Geschwindigkeit Ihres Rechners kann dies zwischen\n" +"einigen Minuten und mehreren Stunden dauern.\n" "\n" -"Bitte haben Sie etwas Geduld." +"Haben Sie noch etwas Gerduld." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Festplatte, die sie löschen wollen, um Ihre neue Mandrake\n" -"Linux Distribution darauf zu installieren. Achtung: Alle darauf\n" -"befindlichen Daten gehen bei diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren!" +"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n" +"Mandrake Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n" +"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" "own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" "to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" -"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" -"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" -"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" -"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" -"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" -"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" -"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"you add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own files\n" +"and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one regular\n" +"user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for routine use.\n" +"Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday, it may also\n" +"be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your system would\n" +"not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular user, you may\n" +"only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" "\n" "First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" "as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" "word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" "name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" "system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" -"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" -"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"'\n" +"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" +"after all, your files are at risk.\n" "\n" "If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" "a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" @@ -300,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" "Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n" "diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n" -"können Sie im Benutzerhandbuch nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n" +"können Sie im „Benutzerhandbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n" "Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n" "»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n" "Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n" @@ -330,22 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "dies die „Bash“)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Letztlich werden Sie gefragt, ob sie direkt in die grafische Oberfläche\n" -"starten wollen. Diese Frage wird auch erscheinen, wenn Sie das Testen der\n" -"Konfiguration übersprungen haben. Schlug die Konfiguration der grafischen\n" -"Umgebung fehl oder wollen Sie den Rechner als Server laufen lassen, geben\n" -"Sie natürlich „Nein“ an." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" "either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" @@ -378,14 +388,14 @@ msgid "" " * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" "Firmware Delay expires." msgstr "" -"„Yaboot“ ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n" +"Yaboot ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n" "GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n" "Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n" "automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n" "können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n" "richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n" "\n" -"Die Hauptparameter von „Yaboot“ sind:\n" +"Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n" "\n" " * „Init Nachricht“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt\n" "wird.\n" @@ -395,34 +405,34 @@ msgstr "" "einem früheren Schritt bereits eine Boot-Partition angelegt haben, um diese\n" "Daten zu beherbergen.\n" "\n" -" * „Open Firmware Verzögerung“: Im Gegensatz zu „LILO“, stehen mit „Yaboot“\n" +" * „Open Firmware Verzögerung“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot\n" "zwei Verzögerungen zur Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden\n" "angegeben und dient zur Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n" "\n" " * „BS-Startverzögerung für den Kern“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der\n" -"„LILO“ Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese\n" +"LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese\n" "Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen\n" "wird.\n" "\n" " * „BS-Start von CD erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an\n" -"der ersten Eingabeaufforderung „C“ für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" +"der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" "\n" " * „Open Firmware Start erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen\n" -"an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung „N“ für den Open Firmware Start zu\n" +"an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu\n" "wählen.\n" "\n" " * „Standard BS“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach\n" "Ablauf der Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" "machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" "the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" "However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" -"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" +"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -433,22 +443,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n" "gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können. Ausführlichere\n" "Erläuterungen zu den verschiedenen Sicherheitsebenen erhalten Sie im\n" -"Kapitel MSEC des Referenzhandbuchs.\n" +"Kapitel MSEC des „Referenzhandbuchs“.\n" "\n" "Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n" "Standardeinstellung bei." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." -msgstr "" -"Bitte wählen Sie den richtigen Anschluss aus. Die COM1-Schnittstelle unter\n" -"Windows wird beispielsweise unter GNU/Linux als „ttyS0“ bezeichnet." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" "your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" @@ -466,7 +467,9 @@ msgid "" "order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard;\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``User\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation;\n" "\n" " * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" "displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" @@ -509,30 +512,30 @@ msgstr "" "Parameter ändern." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" "installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" "also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" "system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" -"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" -"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system, however, depending on\n" +"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" +"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" "\n" " * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" "packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" "current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" -"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"other configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal\n" "installation;\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" -"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" -"possible.\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" +"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" +"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" +"is also possible.\n" "\n" -"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" -"release.\n" +"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems containing version\n" +"\"8.1\" or later.\n" "\n" "Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" "choices:\n" @@ -541,11 +544,11 @@ msgid "" "operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" "asked a few questions;\n" "\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" -"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" -"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" -"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" -"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +" * Expert: if you have a good understanding of GNU/Linux, you may wish to\n" +"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" +"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good knowledge of\n" +"GNU/Linux, so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of\n" +"experience select this installation class." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n" "Wahl zwischen einer Standardinstallation („Empfehlenswert“) und einer\n" @@ -571,6 +574,9 @@ msgstr "" "Installation, bis auf die Auswahl der zu installierenden Pakete,\n" "übersprungen.\n" "\n" +"Aktualisierungen von Mandrake Linux „8.1“ oder aktuelleren Systemen sollten\n" +"problemlos funktionieren.\n" +"\n" "Je nachdem, wie viel Erfahrung Sie mit GNU/Linux haben, können Sie sich für\n" "eine der folgenden Installations- oder Aktualisierungsarten für Ihr\n" "Mandrake Linux System entscheiden:\n" @@ -587,151 +593,14 @@ msgstr "" "sich für diese Installationsklasse entscheiden. Die Antworten auf einige\n" "Fragen können sehr schwierig sein und Auswirkungen auf Sicherheit und\n" "Stabilität Ihrer Distribution haben. Wählen Sie diese Installationsklasse\n" -"also wirklich nur wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" -"\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" -"\n" -"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" -"\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" -"\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"also wirklich nur wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun!\n" "\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" -"\n" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step." -msgstr "" -"„LILO“ und „grub“ sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n" -"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab.\n" -"„DrakX“ analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden\n" -"Maßnahmen:\n" -"\n" -" * Findet „DrakX“ einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" -"„grub“ oder „LILO“-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n" -"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n" -"vorhanden) und Windows auszuwählen;\n" -"\n" -" * Findet „DrakX“ einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" -"neuen;\n" -"\n" -"Im Zweifelsfall bietet „DrakX“ Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen\n" -"Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n" -"\n" -" * „Zu verwendender Betriebssystemstarter“: Hier erhalten Sie drei\n" -"Alternativen:\n" -"\n" -" * „Grub“: Falls Sie „grub“ (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n" -"\n" -" * „LILO mit grafischem Menü“: Falls Sie „LILO“ mit seiner grafischen\n" -"Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n" -"\n" -" * „LILO mit Textmenü“: Falls Sie „LILO“ mit Textmenü als Ihren\n" -"Favoriten ansehen.\n" -"\n" -" * „Boot Gerät“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („/dev/hda“),\n" -"Sie könnten jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren,\n" -"(„/dev/hdb“) oder sogar auf einer Diskette („/dev/fd0“).\n" -"\n" -" * „Wartezeit vorm Starten des Standard Betriebssystems“: Wenn Sie Ihren\n" -"Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur Verfügung stehenden BSe\n" -"eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten möchten. Sollten Sie\n" -"während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird Ihr Standard-BS\n" -"gestartet.\n" -"\n" -"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n" -"irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „Abbruch“). Stellen\n" -"Sie auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n" -"verändern ... !!\n" -"\n" -"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie etliche\n" -"Optionen, die dem fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben.\n" -"\n" -"Mandrake Linux installiert normalerweise seinen eigenen\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter, der Sie sowohl GNU/Linux, als auch alle anderen\n" -"installierten Betriebssysteme starten lässt.\n" -"\n" -"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n" -"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n" -"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n" -"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n" -"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ändern“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" -"„Hinzufügen“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „Fertig“ bringt Sie zum\n" -"nächsten Installationsschritt." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" -"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" -"to install updated packages later.\n" -"\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." -msgstr "" -"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n" -"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n" -"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n" -"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n" -"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n" -"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ja“, wenn Sie einen\n" -"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n" -"Sie die Schaltfläche „Nein“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch\n" -"jederzeit nach der Installation noch installieren.\n" -"\n" -"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n" -"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n" -"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n" -"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „Installieren“.\n" -"Die Pakete werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht\n" -"wünschen, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Abbruch“." +"Dieses Handbuch wird sich auf die Installationsart „Experte“ konzentrieren.\n" +"Sollten Sie sich stattdessen für die Klasse „Empfehlenswert“ entscheiden,\n" +"überlesen Sie bitte einfach die Abschnitte, die für Sie nicht zutreffen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" "Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" @@ -763,38 +632,37 @@ msgid "" "\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Es wurde mehr als nur eine Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition auf Ihrer Platte\n" -"gefunden. Bitte wählen Sie welche Sie verkleinern wollen, um Ihr neues\n" -"Betriebssystem Mandrake Linux installieren zu können.\n" +"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n" +"sie verleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n" "\n" -"Zu Ihrer Information sind alle Partitionen folgendermaßen aufgeführt:\n" -"„Linuxname“, „Windowsname“, „Kapazität“.\n" +"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux Name“, „Windows\n" +"Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" "\n" -"„Linuxname“ ist zusammengesetzt aus: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“\n" -"und „Partitionsnummer“ (etwa, „hda1“ oder „sdb4“).\n" +"„Linux Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" +"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n" "\n" -"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“ falls es sich um einen IDE Platte handelt und\n" -"„sd“ wenn es eine SCSI Platte ist.\n" +"„Hard drive type“ ist „„hd““, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI Platte ist\n" +"und „„sd““, wenn es sich um eine SCSI Platte handelt.\n" "\n" -"„Festplattennummer“ ist der Buchstabe hinter „hd“ oder „sd“. Bei IDE\n" -"Platten bedeutet:\n" +"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n" +"IDE Platten bedeutet:\n" "\n" -" * „a“ - „Master Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„a““ bedeutet „Master Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „b“ - „Slave Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„b““ bedeutet „Slave Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „c“ - „Master Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„c““ bedeutet „Master Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „d“ - „Slave Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“.\n" +" * „„d““ bedeutet „Slave Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „erste Festplatte am Bus“, „b“ für „zweite\n" -"Festplatte am Bus“, etc.\n" +"Bei SCSI Platten steht „„a““ für „niedrigste SCSI ID“, „„b““ für\n" +"„zweitniedrigste SCSI ID“, etc.\n" "\n" -"„Windowsname“ ist der Laufwerksbuchstabe, wie er von Windows vergeben wird\n" -"(die erste FAT Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)." +"„Windows Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition unter Windows erhalten\n" +"würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „„C:““)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" "you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" @@ -823,8 +691,9 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" "networks." msgstr "" -"Sie können nun ein Drucksystem wählen. Wo andere Betriebssysteme Ihnen nur\n" -"eins bieten, bietet Mandrake Linux Ihnen drei:\n" +"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n" +"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n" +"zwischen drei verschiedenen wählen.\n" "\n" " * „pdq“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n" "Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n" @@ -833,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr "" "dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n" "sind. Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie\n" "PrinterDrake im Mandrake Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche\n" -"„Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n" +"„>Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n" "\n" " * „CUPS“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" "Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n" @@ -843,45 +712,18 @@ msgstr "" "verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n" "in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n" "einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n" -"starten. „CUPS“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" +"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" "\n" -" * „LPRng“ - „Line Printer Daemon new generation“ (engl. für\n" +" * „lprNG“ - „line printer daemon New Generation“ (engl. für\n" "„Zeilendrucker-Dämon - Neue Generation“). Dieses System bietet etwa das\n" "gleiche, was die beiden vorherigen können, es erlaubt Ihnen jedoch auch auf\n" "Drucker in Novell Netzwerken zuzugreifen, da es das IPX Protokoll\n" -"beherrscht. Falls Sie das benötigen, verwenden Sie LPRng. Andernfalls ist\n" +"beherrscht. Falls Sie das benötigen, verwenden Sie „lprNG“. Andernfalls ist\n" "„CUPS“ vorzuziehen, da es benutzerfreundlicher ist und in\n" "Nicht-IPX-Netzwerken besser funktioniert." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" -"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" -"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" -"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" -"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" -"\n" -"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" -"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" -"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" -"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." -msgstr "" -"Es kann Ihnen passieren, dass der erste Versuch noch nicht korrekt ist (Der\n" -"Schirm ist zu klein, liegt zu weit rechts oder links ...). Daher werden Sie\n" -"selbst dann mit der Frage konfrontiert, wenn der „DrakX“-Server sich\n" -"starten lies, „DrakX“ also davon ausgehen könnte, dass alles in Ordnung\n" -"ist. Sie erhalten daher eine Liste von gültigen Modi, aus denen Sie\n" -"versuchen sollten den besten auszuwählen.\n" -"\n" -"Sollten alle stricke reißen, und „DrakX“ immer noch nicht laufen, wählen\n" -"Sie einfach im Untermenü „Grafikkarte ändern“, den Punkt „Nicht\n" -"aufgeführt“. Wenn Sie dann nach dem Server gefragt werden, wählen Sie den\n" -"„FBDev“: Diese Variante sollte mit allen modernen Grafikkarten\n" -"funktionieren. Ein „Nochmals testen“ sollte Gewissheit bringen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" "assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" @@ -894,7 +736,14 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" "correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mouses are sometimes not automatically detected. You will need to\n" +"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" +"button, a mouse image is displayed. You then need to move the wheel of your\n" +"mouse to activate it correctly. Then test all buttons and movements are\n" +"correct." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n" "Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n" @@ -908,16 +757,25 @@ msgstr "" "Anschließend können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus überprüfen.\n" "Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um\n" "sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls\n" -"nicht, klicken Sie auf „Abbrechen“ und wählen einen anderen Treiber aus." +"nicht, drücken Sie die [Leertaste] oder die Eingabetaste, um die\n" +"Schaltfläche „Abbrechen“ zu betätigen und wählen Sie einen anderen Treiber\n" +"aus.\n" +"\n" +"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n" +"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n" +"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n" +"betätigen der Schaltfläche „OK“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n" +"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n" +"richtig erkannt wurde." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" -"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" -"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" -"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" +"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" +"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" "simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" "\n" "Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" @@ -958,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "„Abbrechen“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" @@ -996,7 +854,14 @@ msgstr "" "wirklich brauchen! !!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Haben Sie bitte etwas Geduld. Diese Aktion kann einige Minuten dauern." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" @@ -1025,7 +890,7 @@ msgid "" "to have a graphical workstation!\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" @@ -1077,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n" "erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n" "Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n" -"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können.\n" +"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n" "\n" " * „Mit X“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n" "\n" @@ -1085,9 +950,9 @@ msgstr "" "grundlegender Werkzeuge inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die\n" "sinnvollste Wahl für eine Serverinstallation.\n" "\n" -" * „Extrem minimale Installation“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“\n" -"Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n" -"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" +" * „Extrem minimale Installation“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB\n" +"große GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich\n" +"von selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die\n" "Möglichkeit, eine „Individuelle Paketauswahl“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur\n" @@ -1100,18 +965,11 @@ msgstr "" "oder repariert." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." -msgstr "" -"Bitte gedulden Sie sich etwas. Es kann einige Minuten dauern." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" "hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" "machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" @@ -1135,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "benötigen Sie eine ständige Internetverbindung." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" "knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" @@ -1147,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "wird es die aktuelle CD-ROM auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" @@ -1177,9 +1035,9 @@ msgid "" "In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" "authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" "\n" -"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" -"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" -"network administrator.\n" +"If your network uses either of the LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain\n" +"authentication services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\".\n" +"If you do not know, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" "want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." @@ -1204,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "zugegriffen hat!\n" "\n" "Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n" -"mindestens 8 Zeichen lang sein. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n" +"mindestens 8 Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n" "werden.\n" "\n" "Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n" @@ -1218,16 +1076,16 @@ msgstr "" "Diese hängen davon ab, ob Sie mit sich mit einem Authentifizierungsserver\n" "verbinden wollen oder nicht.\n" "\n" -"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk das LDAP (oder NIS) Protokoll für die\n" -"Authentifizierung verwendet wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden\n" -"Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen\n" -"Sie Ihren Netzwerkadministrator.\n" +"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n" +"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n" +"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren\n" +"Netzwerkadministrator.\n" "\n" "Falls Ihr Rechner nicht an einem administrierten Netzwerk hängt, wählen Sie\n" "bitte „Lokale Dateien“ zur Authentifizierung." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" @@ -1242,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" @@ -1274,40 +1132,39 @@ msgid "" "With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" -"Oben sehen Sie die auf Ihrer Festplatte gefundenen Linux-Partitionen. Als\n" -"normaler Linuxanwender können Sie problemlos die Vorschläge des Assistenten\n" -"übernehmen. Sollten Sie diesen Vorschlag ändern, müssen Sie zumindest eine\n" -"Partition als Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“) definieren. Wählen Sie keine zu\n" -"kleine Partition, da sie sonst nicht genug Software installieren können.\n" -"Falls Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer getrennten Partition speichern\n" -"möchten, müssen Sie eine Linux-Partition für ihre persönlichen\n" -"Verzeichnisse („/home“) definieren (Dies geht natürlich nur, wenn Sie mehr\n" -"als nur eine Linux Partition haben).\n" +"Sie erhalten die Liste, der auf Ihren Festplatten gefundenen GNU/Linux\n" +"Partitionen. Sie können die Auswahl des Assistenten beibehalten - sie\n" +"sollte normalerweise Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. Falls Sie es vorziehen\n" +"die Einhängpunkte selbst zu definieren, denken Sie bitte daran, dass Sie\n" +"zumindest eine Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“ benötigen. Wählen Sie die\n" +"Partitionen nicht zu klein, da Sie sonst nicht genügend Programme\n" +"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre peröchen Daten auf einer eigenen\n" +"Partition halten wollen, legen Sie sich eine Partition namens „/home“ an.\n" "\n" -"Alle Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgeführt: „Name“, „Kapazität“\n" +"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" "\n" -"„Name“ ist zusammengesetzt aus: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“ und\n" -"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa, „hda1“ oder „sdb4“).\n" +"„Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" +"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n" "\n" -"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“ falls es sich um einen IDE Platte handelt und\n" -"„sd“ wenn es eine SCSI Platte ist.\n" +"„Hard drive type“ ist „„hd““, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI Platte ist\n" +"und „„sd““, wenn es sich um eine SCSI Platte handelt.\n" "\n" -"„Festplattennummer“ ist der Buchstabe hinter „hd“ oder „sd“. Bei IDE\n" -"Platten bedeutet:\n" +"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n" +"IDE Platten bedeutet:\n" "\n" -" * „a“ - „Master Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„a““ bedeutet „Master Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „b“ - „Slave Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„b““ bedeutet „Slave Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „c“ - „Master Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„c““ bedeutet „Master Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -" * „d“ - „Slave Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +" * „„d““ bedeutet „Slave Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" "\n" -"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „erste Festplatte am Bus“, „b“ für „zweite\n" -"Festplatte am Bus“, etc." +"Bei SCSI Platten steht „„a““ für „niedrigste SCSI ID“, „„b““ für\n" +"„zweitniedrigste SCSI ID“, etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" "this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" @@ -1317,16 +1174,15 @@ msgid "" "Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" "partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie „OK“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen (damit auch alle Daten) dieser\n" -"Festplatte löschen wollen. Achtung: durch Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche\n" -"werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte unwiederbringlich gelöscht (auch alle\n" -"evtl. vorhandenen Windows(TM)-Daten)!\n" +"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „OK“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n" +"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" +"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglichweise noch vorhandenen\n" +"Windows Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um die vorhandenen Daten unangetastet zu lassen und\n" -"die Operation abzubrechen." +"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um ohne Datenverlust die Aktion abtzubrechen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" "booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" @@ -1346,10 +1202,10 @@ msgid "" "crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" "password, or any other reason.\n" "\n" -"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" -"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" -"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" -"the whole disk." +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" +"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" +"disk." msgstr "" "Die Mandrake Linux CD-ROM hat einen eingebauten RettungsmoÂdus. Sie\n" "erreichen ihn durch Starten von CD-ROM, und Drücken von »F1« bei\n" @@ -1357,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ihr Rechner nicht von CD-ROM starten kann, sollten Sie diesen Punkt\n" "unbedingt aus zwei Gründen abarbeiten:\n" "\n" -" * Wenn „DrakX“ den Betriebssystemstarter installiert, schreibt es den\n" +" * Wenn DrakX den Betriebssystemstarter installiert, schreibt es den\n" "Boot-Sektor (MBR) Ihrer primären Festplatte neu (außer Sie wollen einen\n" "anderen Betriebssystemstarter verwenden), damit Sie die verschiedenen,\n" "vorhandenen Betriebssysteme starten können (etwa Windows und GNU/Linux).\n" @@ -1380,12 +1236,66 @@ msgstr "" "kümmert sich um alles." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n" +"(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n" +"verwendet werden können.\n" +"\n" +"Sie erhalten hier auch die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu\n" +"zu formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n" +"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n" +"\n" +"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n" +"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n" +"Systemdaten, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n" +"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n" +"formatieren.\n" +"\n" +"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem formatieren\n" +"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n" +"Schaltfläche „OK“, um mit dem Formatieren dere Partitionen zu beginnen.\n" +"\n" +"Betätigen Sie „Abbruch“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n" +"Mandrake Linux vorgesehen haben.\n" +"\n" +"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“, falls Sie Partitionen auf\n" +"defekte Blöcke untersuchen wollen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" -"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" +"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" +"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" +"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" "right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" @@ -1455,71 +1365,22 @@ msgstr "" "Installationsschrittes." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"any of it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Alle neu angelegten Partitionen müssen formatiert (= ein Dateisystem darauf\n" -"erzeugt) werden, bevor Sie sie verwenden können.\n" -"\n" -"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch einige bereits existierende Partitionen\n" -"formatieren, um alle darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Falls ja,\n" -"markieren Sie diese ebenfalls.\n" -"\n" -"Es sei angemerkt, dass bereits existierende Partitionen nicht erneut\n" -"formatiert werden müssen. Sie sollten Partitionen, die Teile des\n" -"Betriebssystems enthalten neu formatieren (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder „/var“),\n" -"Partitionen mit Ihren privaten Daten (normalerweise „/home“) sollten Sie\n" -"jedoch nicht neu formatieren.\n" -"\n" -"Seien Sie in diesem Schritt sehr sorgfältig. Nach dem Formatieren einer\n" -"Partition ist der komplette Inhalt unwiederbringlich gelöscht!\n" -"\n" -"Wählen Sie „OK“, sobald Sie bereit sind die Partitionen zu formatieren.\n" -"\n" -"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, falls Sie andere Partitionen verwenden wollen, um Ihr\n" -"Mandrake Linux darauf zu installieren.\n" -"\n" -"Wählen Sie „Fortgeschritten“, um die Möglichkeit zu erhalten, Partitionen\n" -"anzugeben, die auf defekte Blöcke untersucht werden sollen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" -"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" -"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" -"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" -"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" -"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" +"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" +"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" +"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" "\n" "Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards." +"supported keyboards.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" +"asked on next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard layout between the latin and non latin layouts." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ wird aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n" "Tastaturlayout bereits ausgewählt haben, Sie sollten diesen Schritt\n" @@ -1531,10 +1392,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n" "verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „Mehr“. Sie erhalten dann\n" -"eine Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen." +"eine Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n" +"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n" +"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n" +"Layout umschalten wollen." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" "to GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1542,95 +1408,27 @@ msgid "" "Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" "(MBR)\"." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n" +"\"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n" "GNU/Linux Distribution erstellt werden sollen.\n" "\n" "Sofern Sie nicht genau wissen, was sie machen sollen, wählen Sie „Erster\n" -"Sektor der Platte (MBR)“" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" -"\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" -"\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" -"\n" -" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" -"\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" -"\n" -"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" -"\"mformat a:\")" -msgstr "" -"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n" -"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n" -"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n" -"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „OK“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n" -"\n" -"Die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n" -"\n" -" * „Erstellen einer Auto-Installationsdiskette“: Hiermit können Sie eine\n" -"Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren Hilfe Sie eine identische\n" -"automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines Administrators\n" -"durchzuführen können.\n" -"\n" -" Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n" -"aktiviert haben:\n" -"\n" -" * „Erneut abspielen“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch,\n" -"da der Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv\n" -"vonstatten geht.\n" -"\n" -" * „Automatisiert“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird\n" -"vollständig reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n" -"\n" -" Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n" -"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n" -"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n" -"\n" -" * „Paketauswahl speichern“: (*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die\n" -"Sie vorher getroffen haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation\n" -"vornehmen wollen, legen Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten\n" -"Sie die Installation mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben\n" -"Sie dann »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n" -"\n" -"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“\n" -"können Sie unter GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)." +"Sektor der Platte (MBR)“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX now detects any IDE devices present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" "DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" "if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" -"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" -"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" -"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" -"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" +"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" +"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" +"clicking \"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\"\n" +"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" "\n" "If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" "specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" @@ -1646,11 +1444,11 @@ msgid "" "Windows on your system)." msgstr "" "„DrakX“ versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n" -"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCI SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" +"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCISCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" "automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n" "\n" -"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen ISA SCSI\n" -"Adapter handelt oder um einen PCI SCSI Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“ nicht weiß,\n" +"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen ISASCSI\n" +"Adapter handelt oder um einen PCISCSI Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“ nicht weiß,\n" "welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten, „DrakX“ zu helfen.\n" "\n" "Ist in Ihrem Rechner kein SCSI Adapter, wählen Sie einfach „Nein“. Sollten\n" @@ -1663,13 +1461,13 @@ msgstr "" "funktioniert das.\n" "\n" "Falls nicht, müssen Sie die Optionen angeben. Schauen Sie im\n" -"Installationshandbuch, wie Sie diese Informationen erhalten können: etwa\n" +"„Installationshandbuch“, wie Sie diese Informationen erhalten können: etwa\n" "unter Windows (sofern das auf Ihren Rechner installiert ist), aus den\n" "Handbüchern, die sie mit dem Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten\n" "des Hardware-Anbieters (sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" "systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" @@ -1717,7 +1515,7 @@ msgid "" "also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" "selections." msgstr "" -"Sie können weitere „Yaboot“ Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n" +"Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n" "Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n" "\n" "Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n" @@ -1725,14 +1523,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n" "\n" -" * „Identifikator“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der „Yaboot“\n" +" * „Identifikator“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n" "Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n" "\n" " * „Kern“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n" "handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n" "Versionsnummer.\n" "\n" -" * „Verzeichnisbaumwurzel“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux\n" +" * „Verzeichnisbaumwurzel“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „„/““ Ihrer Linux\n" "Installation.\n" "\n" " * „Übergeben“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Ãœbergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n" @@ -1741,10 +1539,10 @@ msgstr "" "klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n" "ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * „Init-RamDisk“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n" "Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n" @@ -1765,13 +1563,13 @@ msgstr "" "„novideo“-Modus, also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n" "\n" " * „Standard“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n" -"Drücken von [Enter] an der „Yaboot“ Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n" +"Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n" "Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n" "eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n" "Stern „*“ markiert." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" @@ -1788,26 +1586,26 @@ msgid "" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" "drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" +"swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" -"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" +"for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended\n" +"to perform this step;\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" "partition table from floppy disk;\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" -"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" -"that it can fail;\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" +"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" +"can fail;\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" -"initial partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" +"partition table;\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" @@ -1835,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" "\n" "To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" -"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" "``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" @@ -1843,7 +1641,7 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nun entscheiden auf welche Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n" +"Sie müssen nun entscheiden auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n" "Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n" "(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n" "mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n" @@ -1859,33 +1657,40 @@ msgstr "" " * „Alles löschen“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen\n" "auf der markierten Festplatte.\n" "\n" -" * „Automatisches Erstellen“: Diese Schaltfläche erstellt automatisch Ext2-\n" +" * „Automatisches Erstellen“: Diese Schaltfläche erstellt automatisch ext3-\n" "und Swap-Partitionen im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" "\n" -" * „Partitionstabelle retten“: Falls Ihre Partitionstabelle defekt ist,\n" -"können Sie durch Drücken dieser Schaltfläche versuchen Sie wieder\n" -"herzustellen. Seien Sie vorsichtig und denken Sie immer daran, dass dieser\n" -"Versuch misslingen kann.\n" +"„Mehr“: bietet weitere Möglichkeiten:\n" "\n" -" * „Rückgängig“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen\n" -"rückgängig machen.\n" +" * „Partitionstabelle schreiben“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle\n" +"auf Diskette speichern wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen\n" +"wollen, können Sie das mit Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" "\n" -" * „Neu laden“: Sie können durch Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche alle\n" -"Einstellungen rückgängig machen und die (noch bestehende) Partitionstabelle\n" -"neu laden.\n" +" * „Partitionstabelle wiederherstellen“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie\n" +"eine vorher auf Diskette gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Partitionstabelle retten“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört\n" +"worden sein, können Sie versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine\n" +"Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien Sie vorsichtig! es ist nicht\n" +"unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl schlägt.\n" +"\n" +" * „Partitionstabelle neu laden“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der\n" +"ursprünglichen Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Wechselmedien automatisch Einhängen“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt\n" +"dazu, dass die Anwender hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und\n" +"aushängen müssen.\n" "\n" " * „Assistent“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte\n" "partitionieren sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit\n" "die gesamte Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre\n" "Platte partitioniert.\n" "\n" -" * „Von Diskette wiederherstellen“: Falls Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle vor\n" -"Beginn auf eine Diskette gespeichert haben, können Sie sie mittels dieser\n" -"Schaltfläche wieder zurückschreiben.\n" +" * „Rückgängig“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen\n" +"rückgängig machen.\n" "\n" -" * „Auf Diskette speichern“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf\n" -"Diskette speichern wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen wollen,\n" -"können Sie das mit Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" +" * „In den Experten-/ Normal-Modus wechseln“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von\n" +"Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n" "\n" " * „Fertig“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n" "aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n" @@ -1895,17 +1700,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n" "\n" -" * [Strg]-[C] - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n" +" * Ctrl- C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n" "Partition sind)\n" "\n" -" * [Strg]-[D] - die Partition löschen\n" +" * Ctrl- D - die Partition löschen\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl- M - dem Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n" "\n" -" * [Strg]-[M] - dem Einhängpunkt festlegen\n" +"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n" +"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Reference Manual“.\n" "\n" "Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n" -"eine mindestens 1 MB große HFS Start-Partition für den\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter „Yaboot“ erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n" -"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50 MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n" +"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n" +"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n" +"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n" "einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n" "können." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot index 2b76535c2..c65c424e9 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot @@ -1,31 +1,40 @@ # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" -"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" -"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" -"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" "you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" msgstr "" -"LILO (el LInux LOader) y grub son cargadores de arranque: permiten arrancar\n" -"ya sea GNU/Linux como cualquier otro sistema operativo presente en su\n" -"computadora. Normalmente, estos otros sistemas operativos se detectan e\n" -"instalan correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede añadir una entrada a\n" -"mano en esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n" -"\n" -"Tambien puede no desear dar acceso a estos otros sistemas operativos a\n" -"cualquiera. En ese caso, puede borrar las entradas correspondientes. Pero\n" -"entonces, ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" +"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" +"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" +"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n" +"\n" +"Si hay otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina, se agregará el mismo\n" +"automáticamente al menú de arranque. Aquà puede elegir ajustar las opciones\n" +"existentes. Seleccione una entrada y haga clic sobre \"Modificar\" para\n" +"cambiar los parámetros de la misma o quitarla; \"Añadir\" crea una entrada\n" +"nueva; y \"Hecho\" avanza al paso de instalación siguiente.\n" +"\n" +"También, puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos\n" +"a terceros. En este caso, puede borrar las entradas correspondientes. ¡Pero\n" +"entonces, Usted necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" "otros sistemas operativos!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" +"\n" "Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" @@ -38,6 +47,9 @@ msgid "" "Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" "additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." msgstr "" +"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n" +"\"Spanish (Argentina)\"(*).\n" +"\n" "Por favor, elija su idioma preferido para la instalación y el uso del\n" "sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -47,152 +59,16 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina,\n" "seleccione Español como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y en la\n" "sección avanzada haga clic sobre la estrella gris que corresponde a\n" -"\"Frances|Francia\".\n" +"\"Francés|Francia\".\n" "\n" "Note que se pueden instalar múltiples idiomas. Una vez que ha seleccionado\n" "cualquier idioma adicional haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\" para\n" -"continuar." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" -"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" -"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" -"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" -"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" -"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" -"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" -"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" -"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" -"\n" -" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" -"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" -"\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" -"\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rÃgido donde se instalará su\n" -"sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rÃgido está vacÃo o si un\n" -"sistema operativo existente está utilizando todo el espacio disponible,\n" -"necesitará particionar el disco. Básicamente, particionar un disco rÃgido\n" -"consiste en dividirlo lógicamente para crear espacio para instalar su\n" -"sistema Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" -"\n" -"Debido a que los efectos del particionado por lo general son irreversibles,\n" -"el particionado puede ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario\n" -"inexperto. Por fortuna, hay un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes\n" -"de comenzar, por favor consulte el manual y tómese su tiempo.\n" -"\n" -"Si está corriendo la instalación en modo Experto, ingresará a DiskDrake, la\n" -"herramienta de particionado de Mandrake Linux, que le permite un ajuste\n" -"fino de sus particiones. Vea la sección DiskDrake en la \"GuÃa del\n" -"Usuario\". Desde la interfaz de instalación, puede utilizar los asistentes\n" -"como se describe aquà haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Asistente\" del\n" -"diálogo.\n" -"\n" -"Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea de una instalación previa o por\n" -"medio de otra herramienta de particionado, simplemente seleccione esas para\n" -"instalar su sistema Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Si no hay particiones definidas, necesitará crearlas usando el asistente.\n" -"Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rÃgido, están disponibles\n" -"varias opciones:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usar espacio libre\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un\n" -"particionado automático de su(s) disco(s) vacÃo(s). No se le pedirán más\n" -"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usar partición existente\": el asistente ha detectado una o más\n" -"particiones Linux existentes en su disco rÃgido. Si desea utilizarlas,\n" -"elija esta opción.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Usar el espacio libre en la partición Windows\": si Microsoft Windows\n" -"está instalado en su disco rÃgido y ocupa todo el espacio disponible en el\n" -"mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio para los datos de Linux. Para\n" -"hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft Windows (vea las\n" -"soluciones \"Borrar el disco completo\" o \"Modo experto\") o cambie el\n" -"tamaño de su partición Windows. El cambio de tamaño se puede realizar sin\n" -"la perdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted ha desfragmentado con\n" -"anterioridad la partición Windows. Tambien se recomienda hacer una copia de\n" -"respaldo de sus datos.. Se recomienda esta solución si desea utilizar tanto\n" -"Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows en la misma computadora.\n" -"\n" -" Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que despues de este\n" -"procedimiento, el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n" -"que ahora. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para almacenar sus\n" -"datos o instalar software nuevo.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Borrar el disco entero\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las\n" -"particiones presentes en su disco rÃgido y reemplazarlas con su nuevo\n" -"sistema Mandrake Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución\n" -"ya que no podrá revertir su elección despues de confirmarla.\n" -"\n" -" !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Quitar Windows\": simplemente esto borrará todo en el disco y\n" -"comenzará particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su\n" -"disco.\n" -"\n" -" !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Modo experto\": elija esta opción si desea particionar manualmente su\n" -"disco rÃgido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una elección potente pero peligrosa.\n" -"Puede perder todos sus datos con facilidad. Por lo tanto, no elija esta\n" -"opción a menos que sepa lo que está haciendo." +"continuar.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Ya que de ahà viene el traductor [:-)]" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -211,7 +87,9 @@ msgid "" "If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" "will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" "means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the Video\n" +"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" +"configure your display." msgstr "" "X (por X Window System) es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de GNU/Linux\n" "en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -227,13 +105,15 @@ msgstr "" "asistente de configuración de X. Para más información sobre este asistente\n" "vea la sección correspondiente del manual.\n" "\n" -"Si puede ver el mensaje y responde \"SÃ\", entonces DrakX continuará con el\n" -"paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje, simplemente significa que la\n" -"configuración no era la correcta y la prueba terminará automáticamente\n" -"luego de 10 segundos, restaurando la pantalla." +"Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"SÃ\", entonces\n" +"DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje,\n" +"simplemente significa que la configuración no era la correcta y la prueba\n" +"terminará automáticamente luego de 10 segundos, restaurando la pantalla.\n" +"Consulte la sección de configuración de vÃdeo de la guÃa del usuario para\n" +"más información sobre como configurar su pantalla." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" "Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" @@ -250,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por favor, tenga paciencia." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" @@ -261,27 +141,27 @@ msgstr "" "misma y no se podrán recuperar!." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" "own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" "to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" -"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" -"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" -"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" -"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" -"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" -"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" -"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"you add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own files\n" +"and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one regular\n" +"user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for routine use.\n" +"Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday, it may also\n" +"be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your system would\n" +"not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular user, you may\n" +"only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" "\n" "First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" "as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" "word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" "name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" "system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" -"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" -"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"'\n" +"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" +"after all, your files are at risk.\n" "\n" "If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" "a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" @@ -297,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "aquà no podrán cambiar nada excepto su configuración y sus archivos\n" "propios. Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted\n" "mismo. Esa cuenta es donde deberÃa conectarse para el uso diario. Aunque es\n" -"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" diariamente, ¡tambien puede ser muy\n" +"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" diariamente, ¡también puede ser muy\n" "peligroso! El error más leve podrÃa significar que su sistema deje de\n" "funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado, sólo\n" "puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no todo el sistema.\n" @@ -309,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresar al sistema. Lo puede cambiar. Luego tendrá que ingresar una\n" "contraseña aquÃ. La contraseña de un usuario no privilegiado (regular) no\n" "es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto de vista de la seguridad,\n" -"pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla - despues de todo, son sus\n" +"pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla: después de todo, son sus\n" "archivos los que están en riesgo.\n" "\n" "Si hace clic sobre \"Aceptar usuario\", entonces puede agregar tantos como\n" @@ -321,22 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminado para ese usuario (bash por defecto)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, se le preguntará si desea ver la interfaz gráfica en el\n" -"arranque. Note que esta pregunta se le formula incluso si eligió no probar\n" -"la configuración. Obviamente, querrá responder \"No\" si su máquina va a\n" -"actuar como un servidor, o si no tuvo exito con la configuración de la\n" -"pantalla." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" "either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" @@ -389,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n" "\n" " * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n" -"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en decimas\n" +"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n" "de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n" "predeterminada.\n" "\n" @@ -399,18 +264,18 @@ msgstr "" " * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n" "para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" "\n" -" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar que sistema operativo arrancará por\n" +" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n" "defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" "machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" "the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" "However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" -"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" +"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -425,7 +290,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no sabe que elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." @@ -434,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "" "bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" "your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" @@ -452,7 +317,9 @@ msgid "" "order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard;\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``User\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation;\n" "\n" " * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" "displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" @@ -482,7 +349,10 @@ msgstr "" "horario en el que se encuentre.\n" "\n" " * \"Impresora\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Sin impresora\" se abrirá\n" -"el asistente de configuración de la impresora.\n" +"el asistente de configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capÃtulo\n" +"correspondiente de la \"GuÃa del Usuario\" para más información sobre como\n" +"configurar una impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allà es similar a la\n" +"utilizada durante la instalación.\n" "\n" " * \"Tarjeta de sonido\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su\n" "sistema, la misma se muestra aquÃ. Durante la instalación no es posible\n" @@ -497,30 +367,30 @@ msgstr "" "parámetros asociados a la misma." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" "installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" "also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" "system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" -"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" -"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system, however, depending on\n" +"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" +"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" "\n" " * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" "packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" "current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" -"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"other configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal\n" "installation;\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" -"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" -"possible.\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" +"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" +"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" +"is also possible.\n" "\n" -"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" -"release.\n" +"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems containing version\n" +"\"8.1\" or later.\n" "\n" "Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" "choices:\n" @@ -529,55 +399,61 @@ msgid "" "operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" "asked a few questions;\n" "\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" -"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" -"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" -"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" -"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +" * Expert: if you have a good understanding of GNU/Linux, you may wish to\n" +"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" +"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good knowledge of\n" +"GNU/Linux, so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of\n" +"experience select this installation class." msgstr "" "DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación por defecto\n" -"(\"Recomendada\") o si desea tener un control mayor (\"Experto\"). Tambien\n" +"(\"Recomendada\") o si desea tener un control mayor (\"Experto\"). También\n" "puede elegir realizar una instalación nueva o una actualización de un\n" "sistema Mandrake Linux existente:\n" "\n" -" * \"Instalar\": el sistema anterior se borrará por completo. De hecho,\n" +" * \"Instalar\": el sistema anterior se borrará por completo, sin embargo,\n" "dependiendo de lo que su máquina contiene actualmente, podrá mantener\n" "algunas particiones antiguas (Linux u otras) sin cambios;\n" "\n" " * \"Actualización\": esta clase de instalación le permite simplemente\n" "actualizar los paquetes que en este momento están instalados en su sistema\n" "Mandrake Linux. La misma mantiene las particiones corrientes de sus discos\n" -"asà como tambien las configuraciones de usuarios. Todos los otros pasos de\n" -"instalación permanecen disponibles con respecto a la instalación simple;\n" +"asà como también las configuraciones de usuarios. Todos los otros pasos de\n" +"instalación permanecen disponibles, de manera similar a lo que ocurre con\n" +"una instalación normal;\n" "\n" -" * \"Sólo actualizar paquetes\": esta clase completamente nueva le permite\n" -"actualizar un sistema Mandrake Linux existente a la vez que mantiene todas\n" -"las configuraciones del sistema sin cambios. Tambien es posible añadir\n" +" * \"Sólo actualizar paquetes\": esta clase nueva de instalación le permite\n" +"actualizar un sistema Mandrake Linux existente a la vez que mantiene sin\n" +"cambios todas las configuraciones del sistema. También es posible añadir\n" "paquetes nuevos a la instalación corriente.\n" "\n" "Las actualizaciones deberÃan funcionar sin problemas para los sistemas\n" -"Mandrake Linux comenzando desde la versión \"8.1\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux que contienen la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior.\n" "\n" -"Dependiendo de su conocimiento de GNU/Linux, por favor elija una de los\n" -"opciones siguientes:\n" +"Dependiendo de su conocimiento de GNU/Linux, elija una de las opciones\n" +"siguientes:\n" "\n" " * Recomendada: elija esta si nunca ha instalado un sistema operativo\n" "GNU/Linux. La instalación será muy fácil y sólo se le formularán unas pocas\n" "preguntas;\n" "\n" -" * Experto: si tiene un conocimiento bueno de GNU/Linux, puede elegir esta\n" -"clase de instalación. La instalación experta le permitirá realizar una\n" -"instalación altamente personalizada. Contestar a algunas de las preguntas\n" -"puede ser difÃcil si no tiene un buen conocimiento de GNU/Linux, entonces\n" -"no elija esto a menos que sepa lo que está haciendo." +" * Experto: si tiene un conocimiento bueno de GNU/Linux, puede que desee\n" +"realizar una instalación altamente personalizada. Algunas de las decisiones\n" +"que tendrá que realizar pueden resultar difÃciles si no tiene un buen\n" +"conocimiento de GNU/Linux, por lo tanto, no se recomienda que aquellos sin\n" +"una cantidad importante de experiencia elijan esta clase de instalación.\n" +"\n" +"Este manual documentará la instalación completa de tipo \"Experto\" Si\n" +"elige la clase de instalación \"Recomendada\", simplemente ignore los pasos\n" +"que se presentan aquà que sólo se aplican a la clase de instalación\n" +"\"Experto\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" "been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" @@ -586,13 +462,13 @@ msgid "" "appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" "install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." msgstr "" -"Puede ser que cuando está instalando Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se\n" -"hayan actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido\n" -"algunos errores, y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que\n" -"Usted se beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone\n" -"transferirlas desde la Internet. Elija \"SÃ\" si tiene funcionando una\n" -"conexión con la Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes\n" -"actualizados más tarde.\n" +"Es probable que cuando instale Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n" +"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n" +"errores, y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se\n" +"beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone transferirlas desde\n" +"la Internet. Elija \"SÃ\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la\n" +"Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n" +"tarde.\n" "\n" "Si elije \"SÃ\" se muestra una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" "obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n" @@ -601,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "abortar." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" "automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" @@ -640,16 +516,7 @@ msgid "" "options. !!\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" -"\n" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step." +"options, which are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente, esta\n" "etapa está completamente automatizada. De hecho, DrakX analiza el sector de\n" @@ -662,7 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" " * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n" "uno nuevo;\n" "\n" -"En caso de duda, DrakX mostrará un diálogo con varias opciones.\n" +"En caso de duda, DrakX mostrará un diálogo con varias opciones:\n" "\n" " * \"Cargador de arranque a usar\": tiene tres opciones:\n" "\n" @@ -686,24 +553,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n" "(seleccionando \"Cancelar\"), ¡Debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de\n" -"arrancar a su sistema Mandrake Linux! Tambien debe asegurarse que sabe lo\n" +"arrancar a su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo\n" "que hace antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" "\n" "Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" -"muchas opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto.\n" -"\n" -"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" -"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" -"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n" -"\n" -"Si hay otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina, se agregará el mismo\n" -"automáticamente al menú de arranque. Aquà puede elegir ajustar las opciones\n" -"existentes. Seleccione una entrada y haga clic sobre \"Modificar\" para\n" -"cambiar los parámetros de la misma o quitarla; \"Añadir\" crea una entrada\n" -"nueva; y \"Hecho\" va al paso de instalación siguiente." +"muchas opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" "Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" @@ -770,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "" "primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" "you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" @@ -807,12 +664,12 @@ msgstr "" "elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n" "el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna.\n" "Manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento para las redes.\n" -"Elija \"pdq\" si esta es su luna de miel con GNU/Linux. Despues de la\n" +"Elija \"pdq\" si esta es su luna de miel con GNU/Linux. Después de la\n" "instalación puede cambiar sus elecciones ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n" "Centro de Control Mandrake y eligiendo el modo experto.\n" "\n" " * \"CUPS\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común\n" -"de Unix) es excelente imprimiendo en su impresora local y tambien en la\n" +"de Unix) es excelente imprimiendo en su impresora local y también en la\n" "otra punta del planeta. Es simple y puede actuar como servidor o cliente\n" "para el sistema de impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con\n" "los sistemas anteriores. Puede hacer muchas cosas, pero la configuración\n" @@ -830,34 +687,7 @@ msgstr "" "redes." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" -"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" -"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" -"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" -"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" -"\n" -"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" -"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" -"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" -"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." -msgstr "" -"La primera vez que intenta la configuración de X Usted puede no estar muy\n" -"satisfecho con el resultado (la pantalla es muy pequeña, está corrida hacia\n" -"la izquierda o hacia la derecha...). Es por esto que, incluso si X arranca\n" -"correctamente, DrakX le preguntará si la configuración le conviene. Tambien\n" -"propondrá cambiarla mostrando una lista de modos válidos que pudo\n" -"encontrar, y le pedirá que seleccione alguno.\n" -"\n" -"Como último recurso, si todavÃa no puede hacer que X funcione, elija\n" -"\"Cambiar la tarjeta gráfica\", seleccione \"Tarjeta no listada\", y cuando\n" -"se le pregunte acerca de que servidor desea elija \"FBDev\". Esta es una\n" -"opción a prueba de fallos que funciona con cualquier tarjeta gráfica\n" -"moderna. Luego elija \"Probar nuevamente\" para estar seguro que funciona." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" "assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" @@ -870,7 +700,14 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" "correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mouses are sometimes not automatically detected. You will need to\n" +"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" +"button, a mouse image is displayed. You then need to move the wheel of your\n" +"mouse to activate it correctly. Then test all buttons and movements are\n" +"correct." msgstr "" "DrakX generalmente detecta la cantidad de botones que tiene su ratón. Si\n" "no, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y lo configurará para que\n" @@ -883,16 +720,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si elije un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n" "de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n" "es correcta. Si el ratón no está funcionando correctamente, presione la\n" -"barra espaciadora o [Intro] para \"Cancelar\" y vuelva a elegir." +"barra espaciadora o [Intro] para \"Cancelar\" y vuelva a elegir.\n" +"\n" +"Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente. Necesitará\n" +"seleccionarlo manualemente en la lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n" +"correspondiente en el puerto correcto al cual está conectado. Luego que ha\n" +"presionado el botón \"Aceptar\", se muestra una imagen de un ratón. Debe\n" +"mover la rueda de su ratón para activarlo correctamente. Luego, pruebe\n" +"todos los botones y que el movimiento es correcto en todas direcciones." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" -"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" -"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" -"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" +"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" +"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" "simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" "\n" "Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" @@ -913,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" "conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local, haga clic\n" "sobre \"Aceptar\". Se lanzará la detección automática de dispositivos de\n" "red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"Usar\n" -"detección automática\" la próxima vez. Tambien puede elegir no configurar\n" +"detección automática\" la próxima vez. También puede elegir no configurar\n" "la red, o hacerlo más tarde; en ese caso simplemente haga clic sobre el\n" "botón \"Cancelar\".\n" "\n" @@ -927,14 +771,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Puede consultar el capÃtulo de \"GuÃa del Usuario\" sobre las conexiones a\n" "la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n" -"hasta que su sistema este instalado y usar el programa que se describe aquÃ\n" +"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe aquÃ\n" "para configurar su conexión.\n" "\n" "Si desea configurar la red más tarde, luego de la instalación, o si ha\n" "finalizado de configurar su conexión de red, haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" @@ -970,7 +814,14 @@ msgstr "" "realmente necesita. !!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, tenga paciencia. Esta operación puede tomar varios minutos." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" @@ -999,7 +850,7 @@ msgid "" "to have a graphical workstation!\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" @@ -1030,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedirá que especifique los CDs que tiene (sólo en modo Experto). Verifique\n" "las etiquetas de los CDs y marque las casillas que corresponden a los que\n" "tiene disponibles para la instalación. Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando\n" -"este listo para continuar.\n" +"esté listo para continuar.\n" "\n" "Los paquetes se ordenan en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular de\n" "su máquina. Los grupos en sà mismos están clasificados en cuatro secciones:\n" @@ -1074,18 +925,11 @@ msgstr "" "para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, tenga paciencia. Esta operación puede tomar varios minutos." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" "hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" "machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" @@ -1112,18 +956,18 @@ msgstr "" "red local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" "knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" "current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." msgstr "" -"La instalación Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si un\n" -"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD y expulsará el CD corriente y\n" -"le pedirá que inserte uno diferente cuando sea necesario." +"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si\n" +"un paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD y expulsará el CD corriente\n" +"y le pedirá que inserte uno diferente cuando sea necesario." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" @@ -1153,9 +997,9 @@ msgid "" "In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" "authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" "\n" -"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" -"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" -"network administrator.\n" +"If your network uses either of the LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain\n" +"authentication services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\".\n" +"If you do not know, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" "want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." @@ -1175,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "" "accediendo a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente. Es por esto que es\n" "importante que sea difÃcil convertirse en \"root\".\n" "\n" -"La contraseña deberÃa ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanumericos y tener al\n" +"La contraseña deberÃa ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n" "menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n" "- eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1191,15 +1035,15 @@ msgstr "" "En modo experto, se le preguntará si se conectará a un servidor de\n" "autenticación, por ejemplo NIS o LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Si su red usa el protocolo LDAP (o NIS) para la autenticación, seleccione\n" -"\"LDAP\" (o \"NIS\") como autenticación. Si no sabe, pregunte al\n" -"administrador de su red.\n" +"Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o PDC Dominio de Windows para la\n" +"autenticación, seleccione el botón apropiado como \"autenticación\". Si no\n" +"sabe, pregunte al administrador de su red.\n" "\n" "Si su computadora no está conectada a alguna red administrada, querrá\n" "elegir \"Archivos locales\" para la autenticación." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" @@ -1207,14 +1051,14 @@ msgid "" "terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" "\"Accept\" button." msgstr "" -"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los terminos de la\n" -"licencia. Los mismos cubren a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si\n" -"Usted no está de acuerdo con todos los terminos en la misma, haga clic\n" -"sobre el botón \"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación inmediatamente.\n" -"Para continuar con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"." +"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" +"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si Usted\n" +"no está de acuerdo con todos los términos en ella, haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"\"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación de inmediato. Para continuar\n" +"con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" @@ -1251,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" "mismas son buenas para las instalaciones más comunes. Si hace cambios, al\n" "menos debe definir una partición raÃz (\"/\"). No elija una partición muy\n" "pequeña o no podrá instalar software suficiente. Si desea almacenar sus\n" -"datos en una partición separada, tambien puede necesitar crear una\n" +"datos en una partición separada, también puede necesitar crear una\n" "partición para \"/home\" (sólo es posible si tiene más de una partición\n" "Linux disponible).\n" "\n" @@ -1282,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" "this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" @@ -1301,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" "datos y las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" "booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" @@ -1321,10 +1165,10 @@ msgid "" "crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" "password, or any other reason.\n" "\n" -"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" -"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" -"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" -"the whole disk." +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" +"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" +"disk." msgstr "" "El CD-ROM de Mandrake Linux tiene un modo de rescate incorporado. Usted\n" "puede acceder al mismo arrancando desde el CD-ROM, presionando la tecla\n" @@ -1333,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr "" "recurrir a este paso al menos en dos situaciones:\n" "\n" " * cuando instala el cargador de arranque, DrakX sobreescribirá el sector\n" -"de arranque (MBR) de su disco principal (a menos que este utilizando otro\n" +"de arranque (MBR) de su disco principal (a menos que esté utilizando otro\n" "administrador de arranque) de forma tal que pueda iniciar o bien Windows o\n" "bien GNU/Linux (asumiendo que tiene Windows en su sistema). Si necesita\n" "volver a instalar Windows, el proceso de instalación de Microsoft\n" @@ -1346,18 +1190,72 @@ msgstr "" "sistema que colapsó debido a una falla de energÃa, un error de tecleo\n" "infortunado, un error en una contraseña, o cualquier otro motivo.\n" "\n" -"Cuando haga clic sobre este paso se le pedirá que inserte un disquete\n" -"dentro de la disquetera. El disquete que insertará debe estar vacÃo o\n" -"contener datos que no necesite. No tendrá que formatearlo ya que DrakX\n" -"sobreescribirá el disquete por completo." +"Si dice \"SÃ\", se le pedirá que inserte un disquete dentro de la\n" +"disquetera. El disquete que inserte debe estar vacÃo o contener datos que\n" +"no necesite. No tendrá que formatearlo ya que DrakX sobreescribirá el\n" +"disquete por completo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" +"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos).\n" +"\n" +"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n" +"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si asà lo desea, por favor\n" +"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n" +"pre-existentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n" +"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n" +"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n" +"(tÃpicamente \"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de formatear,\n" +"se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no podrá\n" +"recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando esté listo para formatear las\n" +"particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" si desea elegir otra partición para la\n" +"instalación de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Avanzado\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las\n" +"que se buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" -"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" +"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" +"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" +"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" "right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" @@ -1402,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "se deben instalar, el proceso puede tardar un rato en completarse. En la\n" "pantalla se muestra una estimación del tiempo necesario para completar la\n" "instalación para ayudarlo a considerar si tiene tiempo suficiente par\n" -"disfrutar una taza de cafe.\n" +"disfrutar una taza de café.\n" "\n" "!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea intencionalmente o\n" "porque era parte de un grupo completo, se le pedirá que confirme que\n" @@ -1429,87 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" "información sobre como crear dicho disquete." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"any of it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" -"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos).\n" -"\n" -"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n" -"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si asà lo desea, por favor\n" -"seleccione tambien dichas particiones.\n" -"\n" -"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n" -"pre-existentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n" -"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n" -"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n" -"(tÃpicamente \"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Despues de formatear,\n" -"se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no podrá\n" -"recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando este listo para formatear las\n" -"particiones.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" si desea elegir otra partición para la\n" -"instalación de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"Avanzado\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las\n" -"que se buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" -"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" -"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" -"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" -"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" -"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, DrakX selecciona el teclado adecuado para Usted (dependiendo\n" -"del idioma que eligió) y Usted ni siquiera verá este paso. Sin embargo,\n" -"podrÃa no tener un teclado que se corresponde exactamente con su idioma:\n" -"por ejemplo, si Usted es una persona hispano-parlante que está en Argentina\n" -"o Mejico, su teclado será un teclado Latinoamericano, pero si está en\n" -"España será uno Español. En ambos casos, Usted tendrá que volver a este\n" -"paso de la instalación y elegir un teclado apropiado de la lista.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre el botón \"Más\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" -"de los teclados soportados." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" "to GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1524,7 +1342,7 @@ msgstr "" "del disco (MBR)\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" "ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" @@ -1556,7 +1374,7 @@ msgid "" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"Aquà tiene. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n" +"Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n" "listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" para\n" "volver a arrancar el sistema. Puede iniciar GNU/Linux o Windows, cualquiera\n" "que prefiera (si está usando el arranque dual) tan pronto como su máquina\n" @@ -1568,9 +1386,9 @@ msgstr "" " * \"Generar un disquete de instalación automática\": para crear un\n" "disquete de instalación que realizará una instalación completa sin la\n" "asistencia de un operador, similar a la instalación que ha configurado\n" -"recien.\n" +"recién.\n" "\n" -" Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles despues de hacer clic\n" +" Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n" "sobre el botón:\n" "\n" " * \"Reproducir\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada ya\n" @@ -1580,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "rÃgido se sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n" "\n" " Esta caracterÃstica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n" -"máquinas similares. Vea la sección Auto install (en ingles) en nuestro\n" +"máquinas similares. Vea la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n" "sitio web.\n" "\n" " * \"Guardar selección de paquetes\"(*): guarda la selección de paquetes\n" @@ -1592,20 +1410,20 @@ msgstr "" "teclee \"mformat a:\")" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX now detects any IDE devices present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" "DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" "if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" -"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" -"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" -"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" -"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" +"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" +"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" +"clicking \"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\"\n" +"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" "\n" "If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" "specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" @@ -1621,7 +1439,7 @@ msgid "" "Windows on your system)." msgstr "" "DrakX ahora detecta cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su computadora.\n" -"Tambien buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si se encuentra\n" +"También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si se encuentra\n" "una tarjeta SCSI DrakX instalará el controlador apropiado automáticamente.\n" "\n" "Debido a que la detección de hardware a veces no detectará alguna pieza de\n" @@ -1648,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "(si utilizaba este hardware con Windows en su sistema)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" "systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" @@ -1719,13 +1537,13 @@ msgstr "" "botones 2do y 3ro del ratón que por lo general no tienen los ratones\n" "estándar de Apple. Algunos ejemplos son los siguientes:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: esta opción se puede usar o bien para cargar los módulos\n" -"iniciales, antes que este disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n" +"iniciales, antes que esté disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n" "cargar una imagen de ramdisk para una situación de arranque de emergencia.\n" "\n" " * Tamaño de Initrd: generalmente el tamaño por defecto del ramdisk es 4096\n" @@ -1742,11 +1560,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * Predeterminada: selecciona a esta entrada como la opción Linux por\n" "defecto, que se puede elegir simplemente presionando [Intro] en el prompt\n" -"de Yaboot. Esta entrada tambien se marcará con un \"*\", si presiona [Tab]\n" +"de Yaboot. Esta entrada también se marcará con un \"*\", si presiona [Tab]\n" "para ver las selecciones del arranque." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" @@ -1763,26 +1581,26 @@ msgid "" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" "drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" +"swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" -"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" +"for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended\n" +"to perform this step;\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" "partition table from floppy disk;\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" -"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" -"that it can fail;\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" +"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" +"can fail;\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" -"initial partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" +"partition table;\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" @@ -1810,7 +1628,7 @@ msgid "" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" "\n" "To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" -"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" "``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" @@ -1818,10 +1636,10 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"Ahora necesita elegir que particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n" +"Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n" "su sistema Mandrake Linux. Si las particiones ya han sido definidas, ya sea\n" "por una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de\n" -"particionado, puede utilizarlas. En caso contrario se deben definir\n" +"particionado, puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir\n" "particiones en el disco rÃgido.\n" "\n" "Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rÃgido. Puede\n" @@ -1835,12 +1653,8 @@ msgstr "" " * \"Borrar todo\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n" "seleccionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"Asignación automática\": esta opción le permite crear particiones\n" -"\"Ext2\" y swap automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rÃgido.\n" -"\n" -" * \"Rescatar tabla de particiones\": si su tabla de particiones está\n" -"dañada, puede intentar recuperarla usando esta opción. Por favor, tenga\n" -"cuidado y recuerde que puede fallar.\n" +" * \"Asignación automática\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3\n" +"y swap automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rÃgido.\n" "\n" " * \"Más\": le da acceso a caracterÃsticas adicionales:\n" "\n" @@ -1875,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n" "\n" "Nota: todas las opciones son accesibles por medio del teclado. Navegue a\n" -"traves de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n" +"través de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n" "\n" "Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n" "\n" @@ -1887,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" " * Ctrl-m para configurar el punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n" -"disponibles, por favor lea el capÃtulo acerca de ext2fs del \"Manual de\n" +"disponibles, por favor lea el capÃtulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n" "Referencia\".\n" "\n" "Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n" diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot index 36b1dc8a1..efe7ac707 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot @@ -1,220 +1,35 @@ # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" -"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" -"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" -"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" -"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" -"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" -"\n" -"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" -"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez choisir votre langue de communication. Celle-ci sera utilisee\n" -"durant le processus d'installation, ainsi que durant les mises à jour de\n" -"votre système.\n" -"\n" -"En cliquant sur « Avance », le programme vous proposera egalement d'autres\n" -"langues pouvant être installees sur votre station de travail. En\n" -"choisissant d'autres langues, le programme vous installera toute la\n" -"documentation et les applications necessaires à l'utilisation de cette\n" -"autre langue. Par exemple, si vous prevoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" -"d'Espagne sur votre serveur, choisissez l'anglais comme langue principale,\n" -"et, dans la section avancee, cliquez sur l'etoile grise correspondant à\n" -"Spanish|Spain.\n" -"\n" -"Sachez que plusieurs langues peuvent être installees. Une fois votre\n" -"selection complète terminee, cliquez sur « OK » pour continuer." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" -"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" -"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" -"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" -"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system.\n" -"\n" -"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" -"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" -"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" -"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" -"\n" -"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" -"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" -"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" -"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" -"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" -"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" -"install your Linux system.\n" -"\n" -"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" -"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" -"available:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" -"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" -"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" -"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" -"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" -"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" -"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" -"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" -"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" -"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" -"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" -"\n" -" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" -"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" -"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" -"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" -"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" -"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" -"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" -"\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" -"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" -"will be lost;\n" -"\n" -" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" -"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" -"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Cette etape vous permet de determiner precisement l'emplacement de votre\n" -"installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilise par un\n" -"autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n" -"Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser precisement afin de creer un\n" -"espace pour votre installation.\n" -"\n" -"Comme les effets du partition sont irreversibles (l'ensemble du disque est\n" -"efface), le partitionnement est generalement intimidant et stressant pour\n" -"un utilisateur inexperimente. Heureusement, une interface a ete prevue à\n" -"cet effet. Avant de commencer, revisez vos manuels et surtout, prenez votre\n" -"temps.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous êtes en mode expert, l'application DiskDrake, l'outil de\n" -"partitionnement de Mandrake Linux, vous permettra de determiner precisement\n" -"l'emplacement de chacune de vos partitions. À partir de l'interface\n" -"d'installation, vous pouvez lancer les assistants en cliquant sur\n" -"« Assistant ».\n" -"\n" -"Si des partitions ont dejà ete definies, peu importe qu'elles proviennent\n" -"d'une autre installation ou d'un autre outil de partitionnement, il vous\n" -"suffit de simplement choisir sur quelle partition vous voulez installer\n" -"Mandrake.\n" -"\n" -"Si vos partitions ne sont pas definies, vous devrez les creer en utilisant\n" -"l'assistant. Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont\n" -"disponibles :\n" -"\n" -" * « Utilisez l'espace disponible » : cette option tentera simplement de\n" -"partitionner automatiquement l'espace inutilise sur votre disque. Il n'y\n" -"aura pas d'autre question.\n" -"\n" -" * « Utiliser les partitions existantes » : l' assistant a detecte une ou\n" -"plusieurs partitions existants sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les\n" -"utiliser, choisissez cette option.\n" -"\n" -" * « Utilisez l'espace libre sur une partition Windows » : si Microsoft\n" -"Windows est installe sur votre disque et prend l'ensemble de l'espace vous\n" -"devez creer une place pour votre installation Mandrake. Pour ce faire, vous\n" -"pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque » ou « Mode expert ») ou\n" -"vous pouvez redimensionner l'espace utilise par Windows. Le\n" -"redimensionnement peut être effectue sans pertes de donnees, à condition\n" -"que vous ayez prealablement defragmente la partition Windows. Une\n" -"sauvegarde de Vos donnees ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette seconde option\n" -"peut être accomplie sans perte de donnees. Cette solution est recommandee\n" -"pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows sur le même ordinateur.\n" -"\n" -" Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n" -"procedure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera reduit. Vous aurez moins\n" -"d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n" -"Windows.\n" -"\n" -" * « Effacer tout le disque »: si vous voulez effacer toutes les donnees et\n" -"les applications installees sur votre système et les remplacer par votre\n" -"nouveau système Mandrake Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car\n" -"ce choix est irreversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de\n" -"retrouver vos donnees effacees.\n" -"\n" -" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n" -"sera detruit. !!\n" -"\n" -" * « Supprimer Microsoft Windows »: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce\n" -"que contient le disque et recommencera à zero. Toutes les donnees et les\n" -"programmes presents sur le disque seront effaces.\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera efface.\n" -"!!\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step.\n" "\n" -" * « Mode expert »: permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n" -"prudent, parce que bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse.\n" -"Vous pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n" -"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n" -"devez faire." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" -"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" -"will try to configure X automatically.\n" -"\n" -"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" -"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" -"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" -"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" -"\n" -"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" -"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" -"information about this wizard.\n" -"\n" -"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" -"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" -"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" msgstr "" -"X (pour le X Window system) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n" -"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (Gnome, KDE, Afterstep, ...)\n" -"presents sur Mandrake Linux dependent de X. A cette etape, DrakX, va tenter\n" -"de le configurer automatiquement.\n" -"\n" -"Il est très rare que cette etape echoue, à moins d'avoir un equipement\n" -"obsolète (ou trop recent). Si le processus reussit, il va demarrer X\n" -"automatiquement avec la meilleure resolution d'ecran possible, en fonction\n" -"de la taille du moniteur. Une fenêtre apparaît alors vous demandant si\n" -"cette configuration vous convient.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous faites une installation « Expert », vous entrerez dans\n" -"l'information de configuration de X. Voir les sections correspondantes du\n" -"manuel pour plus d'information.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous pouvez voir le message et cliquez sur oui, DrakX continuera à la\n" -"prochaine etape. Si vous ne pouvez voir la fenêtre, ceci signifie que le\n" -"test a echoue et vous serez ramene à l'ecran precedant en 10 secondes." +"Après avoir configurer les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n" +"options de démarrage sera rendu disponible au démarrage.\n" +"\n" +"Si un autre système d'exploitation est détecté, il sera automatiquement\n" +"ajouté au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici raffinée votre configuration.\n" +"Choisissez une entrée, cliquez « Modifier » pour l'éditer ou la retirer;\n" +"sur « Ajouter » créer une nouvelle entrée, finalement « Terminer » vous\n" +"permet de passé à la prochaine étape.\n" +"\n" +"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n" +"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n" +"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" "Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" @@ -223,1072 +38,474 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Please be patient." msgstr "" -"Votre nouveau système Mandrake Linux est maintenant en cours\n" -"d'installation. Selon le nombre de paquetages à installer et la puissance\n" -"de votre ordinateur, cette operation peut prendre de quelques minutes à\n" -"quelques heures." +"Votre nouvelle distribution Mandrake Linux est présentement en cours\n" +"d'installation. Selon la quantité de packetages installés et la vitesse de\n" +"votre ordinateur, la durée de cette opération peut varié de quelques\n" +"instants à plusieurs minutes.\n" +"\n" +"Soyez patient!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installé votre partition GNU/Linux.\n" +"Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera détruite." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" -"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" -"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" -"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" -"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" -"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" -"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" -"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" -"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" -"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" -"\n" -"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" -"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" -"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" -"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" -"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" -"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" -"all, your files are at risk.\n" -"\n" -"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" -"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" -"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" -"for that user (bash by default)." +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie generalement\n" -"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des preferences differences, ses propres\n" -"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le manuel d'utilisation.\n" -"Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les utilisateurs que vous\n" -"ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir sur leurs propres\n" -"fichiers exclusivement.\n" -"\n" -"L'utilisateur/administrateur devrait egalement se creer un compte\n" -"« normal ». C'est à travers cet utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se\n" -"connecter pour accomplir ses tâches quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit\n" -"pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette situation peut egalement engendrer\n" -"des situations desastreuses si un fichier est detruit par inadvertance. Un\n" -"utilisateur normal n'ayant pas accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer\n" -"de dommages majeurs.\n" -"\n" -"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n" -"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot insere et le\n" -"transposera comme « Nom de login ». C'est le nom qui sera utilise pour se\n" -"connecter au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un\n" -"mot de passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de\n" -"« root », mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout,\n" -"ceci mettrait vos fichiers en peril.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous cliquez « Accepter », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n" -"utilisateurs. Creez un utilisateur different pour chaque personne devant\n" -"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur defini, cliquez sur\n" -"« Terminer ».\n" -"\n" -"En cliquant sur « Avance », vous pourrez selectionner un « shell »\n" -"different pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigne par defaut)." +"Soyez patient. Cette opération peu prendre plusieurs minutes." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." msgstr "" -"Finalement, il vous sera demande si vous souhaitez obtenir l'interface\n" -"graphique dès le demarrage ou non. Notez que cette question sera posee même\n" -"si vous choisissez de ne pas tester la configuration. Il est evidemment\n" -"souhaitable de repondre « Non » si cette machine est un serveur sur\n" -"laquelle personne n'est censee travailler en mode graphique." +"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n" +"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n" +"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « Horloge système réglée sur\n" +"le méridien de Greenwich » de façon à ce que l'horloge matérielle soit la\n" +"même que celle du système. Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine\n" +"accueille un autre système d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" +"\n" +"La « Synchronisation automatique » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement\n" +"en se connectant à un serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est\n" +"alors présentée, choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous.\n" +"Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n" +"entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n" +"local qui pourra optionnellement être lui-même utilisé par d'autres\n" +"machines de votre réseau local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" -"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" -"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" -"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" -"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." msgstr "" -"À cette etape, vous devrez determiner le niveau de securite requis par\n" -"votre système. Le niveau de securite requis se determine en fonction de\n" -"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecte\n" -"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilite de\n" -"l'information contenu dans le système (des numeros de carte de credit par\n" -"exemple). Sachez que, de manière generale, plus la securite d'un système\n" -"est elevee, plus il est complexe à operer. Referez-vous au chapitre\n" -"« msec » du « Manuel de reference » pour obtenir plus d'informations sur\n" -"les niveaux de securite.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la selection par defaut." +"Cliquez sur « OK » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" +"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « OK », vous ne\n" +"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, incluant les données\n" +"Windows.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez « annuler » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" -"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" "\n" -" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" -"to change it if necessary;\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" -"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" -"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" -"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" -"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" -"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard;\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" -"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" -"associated with it." +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" -"On vous presente ici les differents paramètres de votre système. Selon le\n" -"materiel installe, certaines entrees seront presentes et d'autres pas.\n" +"La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n" +"sur votre système. Vous pouvez accepter les choix proposés par l'assistant\n" +"qui s'avère bon dans la grande majorité des cars. Si vous faîtes un\n" +"changement, vous devez au moins avoir une partition root (\"/\"). root\n" +"partition (« / »). Prenez garder de vous réserver suffisamment d'espace\n" +"pour installer toutes les applications qui vous intéresse. Vous devrez\n" +"également créer une partition « /home ». Ceci s'avère exclusivement\n" +"possible lorsque vous avez déjà au moins une partition GNU/Linux de\n" +"configurer.\n" "\n" -" * « Souris »: pour verifier la configuration actuelle de la souris.\n" -"Cliquez sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" +"Chaque partition est listée comme suit: \"Nom\", \"Capacité\".\n" "\n" -" * « Clavier »: verifie la configuration choisie pour le clavier. Cliquez\n" -"sur le bouton pour la modifier.\n" +"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n" +"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" "\n" -" * « Fuseau horaire »: DrakX, par defaut, essaie de trouver le fuseau\n" -"horaire dans lequel vous êtes. Encore une fois, il est possible que vous ne\n" -"soyez pas dans le fuseau horaire qui vous convient. Donc, vous aurez\n" -"peut-être à cliquer sur le bouton « fuseau horaire » pour identifier\n" -"precisement l'heure qui doit apparaître dans vos horloges.\n" +"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n" +"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n" "\n" -" * « Imprimante »: en cliquant sur « Pas d'imprimante », l'outil de\n" -"configuration sera demarre.\n" +"Le numéro du disque est toujours listée après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n" +"disque IDE :\n" "\n" -" * « Carte son »: si une carte son a ete detectee, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" -"Aucune modification n'est possible à cette etape.\n" +" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n" "\n" -" * « Carte TV »: si une carte d'entree/sortie video (carte TV) a ete\n" -"detectee, elle apparaîtra ici. Aucune modification possible à cette etape.\n" +" * \"b\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" "\n" -" * « Carte ISDN »: si une carte ISDN est detectee, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" -"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" -"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" -"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" -"system:\n" -"\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" -"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" -"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" -"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" -"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" -"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" -"installation;\n" -"\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" -"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" -"possible.\n" -"\n" -"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" -"release.\n" -"\n" -"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" -"choices:\n" -"\n" -" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" -"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" -"asked a few questions;\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" -"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" -"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" -"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" -"choose this unless you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous desirez\n" -"realiser. Deux types d'installations sont proposes : Par defaut (« \n" -"Recommandee »), qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au\n" -"minimum ou « Expert » qui vous permet de selectionner individuellement\n" -"chacune des composantes à installer. Également, on vous propose de faire\n" -"une « Installation » ou une « Mise à jour » d'un système Mandrake Linux\n" -"existant :\n" -"\n" -" * « Installation » : balaye l'ancien système. En fait, selon ce que votre\n" -"machine comporte, vous pourrez garder intacte certaines des anciennes\n" -"partition (Linux ou autres) ;\n" -"\n" -" * « Mise à jour » : cette classe d'installation permet de simplement\n" -"mettre à jours les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux.\n" -"Elle conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n" -"utilisateurs. Toutes les autres etapes de l'installation sont accessibles\n" -"en comparaison avec une installation classique ;\n" -"\n" -" * « Mise à jour des paquetages uniquement » : Cette nouvelle classe\n" -"d'installation permet de mettre à jour un système Mandrake Linux existant,\n" -"tout en gardant sa configuration inchangee. L'ajout de nouveaux paquetages\n" -"durant la mise à jour est cependant possible.\n" -"\n" -"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n" -"Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ».\n" -"\n" -"Selon votre niveau d'expertise avec les systèmes d'exploitations GNU/Linux,\n" -"il faut choisir l'un des deux types d'installations suivants:\n" -"\n" -" * « Recommandee »: choisissez cette option si vous n'avez jamais installe\n" -"de système d'exploitation GNU/Linux. C'est la methode la plus facile, la\n" -"plupart des choix ont dejà ete fait pour vous.\n" -"\n" -" * Expert: si vous avez une bonne connaissance de GNU/Linux, vous pouvez\n" -"choisir ce type d'installation. Cette methode vous permettra de\n" -"personnaliser l'ensemble des composantes de votre système. Ces questions\n" -"peuvent s'averer complexes, particulièrement en matière de partitionnement\n" -"et du choix des paquetages installes. En consequence, il n'est pas\n" -"recommande de s'y aventurer sans de bonnes connaissances au prealable." +" * \"c\" indique le \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" +"\n" +"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et « b » le\n" +"« deuxième plus petit ID », etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" -"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" -"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" -"to install updated packages later.\n" -"\n" -"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" -"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" -"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" -"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n" -"que certains paquetages aient ete mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n" -"Des bogues ont pu être corriges, et des problèmes de securite resolus. Pour\n" -"vous permettre de beneficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n" -"propose de les tele-charger sur Internet. Choisissez « Oui » si vous avez\n" -"une connexion Internet, ou « Non » si vous preferez installer les mises à\n" -"jour plus tard.\n" -"\n" -"En choisissant « Oui », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à\n" -"jours peuvent être tele-chargees est affichee. Choisissez le site le plus\n" -"proche. Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : verifiez la\n" -"selection, puis cliquez sur « Installer » pour tele-charger et installer\n" -"les mises à jour selectionnees, ou « Annuler » pour abandonner." +"Sélectionnez le bon port série. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 »\n" +"sur Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" -"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" -"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" "\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS;\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" "\n" -" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" -"interface.\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formaté (ce qui\n" +"signifie la création d'un système de fichiers.\n" "\n" -" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" -"interface.\n" +"À cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n" +"effacer les donnés présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner également.\n" "\n" -" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" -"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" -"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" +"existantes. Vous devez formater les contenant le système d'exploitation\n" +"(comme « / »,« /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas nécessaire de\n" +"formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »..\n" "\n" -" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" -"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" -"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"Restez prudent. Une fois les partition sélectionnée reformatée, il sera\n" +"impossible de récupérer des donnés.\n" "\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" -"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Cliquez sur « OK » lorsque vous êtes prêt formater les partitions.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"Cliquez sur « Annuler » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n" "\n" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"Cliquer sur « Avancer » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour\n" +"une vérifications des mauvais secteurs (« Bad Blocks »)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step." -msgstr "" -"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette etape est\n" -"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" -"demarrage (master boot record) et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire\n" -":\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -" * Si un secteur de demarrage Windows est detecte, il va être remplacer par\n" -"LILO/GRUB. Donc, vous serez capable de demarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n" -"système d'exploitation.\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -" * si GRUB ou LILO est detecte, il sera remplace par la nouvelle version;\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" "\n" -"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche differentes options.\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" "\n" -" * « Programme d'amorçage à utiliser » vous propose trois choix :\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * « GRUB » : si vous preferer GRUB (menu texte).\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * « LILO en mode graphique » : si vous preferez l'interface graphique.\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * « LILO en mode texte » : si vous preferez la version texte de LILO.\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -" * « Peripheriques de demarrage »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez\n" -"pas à changer le disque par defaut (« /dev/hda », mais si vous le desirez,\n" -"le programme d'amorce peut être installe sur un second disque,\n" -"« /dev/hdb », ou même sur une disquette, « /dev/fd0 ».\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -" * « Delais avant l'activation du choix par defaut »: au redemarrage de\n" -"l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accorde à l'utilisateur pour demarrer un\n" -"autre système d'exploitation.\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détecté sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n" +"veuillez choisir celle que vous voulez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n" +"Mandrake Linux.\n" "\n" -"!! Prenez garde, si vous decidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n" -"(en cliquant sur « Annuler »), vous devez vous assurez d'avoir une methode\n" -"pour demarrer le système. Aussi, assurez vous de bien savoir ce que vous\n" -"faites si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" +"Chaque partition est identifié comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n" +"\"Capacité\".\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur « Avancee », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n" -"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont reservees aux experts en la\n" -"matière.\n" +"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n" +"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" "\n" -"Si vous avez d'autres systèmes d'exploitation installes sur votre\n" -"ordinateur, ils seront automatiquement detectes et ajout à vos menus de\n" -"demarrage. À cette etape, vous pouvez decider de preciser ces options. En\n" -"double-cliquant sur une entree existante vous pourrez la parametrer à votre\n" -"guise, ou l'enlever. « Ajouter » permet de creer de nouvelles entrees, et\n" -"« terminer » vous conduit à la prochaine etape d'installation." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" -"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" -"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" -"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" -"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" -"\n" -"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" -"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" -"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" -"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." -msgstr "" -"Il se peut que vous ne soyez pas entièrement satisfait à la première\n" -"tentative de configuration graphique (ecran trop petit, peu de\n" -"couleurs...). Ainsi, même si X demarre correctement, DrakX vous demande si\n" -"la configuration vous convient. Il proposera aussi de la changer en\n" -"affichant une liste des modes valides, si possible.\n" -"\n" -"En dernier recours, si vous ne pouvez pas faire fonctionner X, choisissez\n" -"« Changer la carte graphique », selectionnez « carte non listee », et\n" -"lorsqu'il vous sera demande le serveur graphique, choisissez « FBDev ».\n" -"c'est une option de secours qui fonctionnera sur n'importe quelle carte\n" -"graphique moderne. Choisissez ensuite « Tester à nouveau » pour vous\n" -"assurer que tout va bien." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" -"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" -"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" -"USB mouse.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" -"type from the provided list.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" -"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." -msgstr "" -"DrakX detecte generalement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n" -"prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n" -"l'emulation du troisième bouton. Également, DrakX saura automatiquement si\n" -"vous avez une souris PS/2, serie ou USB.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous desirez installer une souris differente, veuillez la selectionner à\n" -"partir de la liste qui vous est proposee.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous selectionnez une souris differente de celle choisie par defaut,\n" -"DrakX vous presentera un ecran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la roue\n" -"pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n" -"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyer sur la barre d'espacement ou [Entree]\n" -"ou encore « Annuler », puis, selectionner une autre souris." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" -"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" -"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" -"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" -"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" -"\n" -"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" -"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" -"administrator.\n" -"\n" -"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" -"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" -"\n" -"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" -"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." -msgstr "" -"Si vous desirez connecter votre système à un reseau ou à l'Internet,\n" -"cliquez sur « OK ». L'autodetection des peripheriques reseau et modems sera\n" -"alors lancee. Si cette detection echoue, decochez la case « Utiliser\n" -"l'autodetection ». Vous pouvez aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le\n" -"reseau, ou de le faire plus tard. Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur\n" -"« Annuler ».\n" -"\n" -"Les types de connexion supportees sont : modem telephonique, modem ISDN,\n" -"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (reseau ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"Nous ne detaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possible. Assurez\n" -"vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre fournisseur\n" -"de service Internet à portee de main.\n" -"\n" -"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de l'utilisateur » concernant\n" -"les connexions à Internet pour plus de details à propos des configurations\n" -"specifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez egalement configurer\n" -"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminee.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous desirez configurer votre reseau plus tard ou si vous avez termine\n" -"l'installation de votre reseau, cliquez sur « Annuler »." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n" +"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n" "\n" -"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" -"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" -"needed at boot time.\n" +"Le numéro du disque est toujours listée après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n" +"disque IDE :\n" "\n" -"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" -"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" -"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au demarrage de\n" -"votre système.\n" +" * \"b\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" "\n" -"Ici sont presentes tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n" -"place. Faites une bonne verification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n" -"absolument necessaire au demarrage du système.\n" +" * \"c\" indique le \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n" -"selectionnant specifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas certain de\n" -"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par defaut\n" +" * \"d\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" "\n" -"!! À cette etape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n" -"destine à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n" -"permettre exclusivement les services necessaires. !!" +"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n" +"suite.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier disk\n" +"ou partition \"C:\")" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" +"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" +"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" +"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" +"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" +"if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" +"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" +"and clicking the expert button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" +"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" +"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" +"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" +"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" +"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" +"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do\n" +"approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to\n" +"printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol,\n" +"and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or\n" +"printing to commands without using a separate pipe construct, use lprNG.\n" +"Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" +"networks." +msgstr "" +"Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autre\n" +"OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose trois.\n" +"\n" +" * « pdq » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n" +"passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n" +"branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n" +"l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n" +"d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n" +"les performances sont plutôt mauvaise dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n" +"êtes à une première expérience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n" +"système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Mandrake Control Center en\n" +"cliquant sur « Expert ».\n" +"\n" +" * « CUPS » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux tant pour\n" +"imprimante local que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n" +"il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n" +"« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n" +"bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n" +"deamon cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple pour imprimer\n" +"et choisir les imprimantes.\n" +"\n" +" * « lprNG » - « line printer daemon New Generation ». Ce système permet\n" +"essentiellement les mêmes fonctionnalités que les précédents, avec la\n" +"particularité de pouvoir interface avec un réseau Novell, à travers le\n" +"protocole IPX et le support pour l'impression directement de la ligne de\n" +"commande. Donc, si vous devez imprimer dans un réseau Novell ou de la ligne\n" +"de commande sans redirection, choisissez lprNG. Si non, CUPS est plus\n" +"facile et plus efficace sur les réseaux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" -"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" -"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" -"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" -"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" -"the desired group(s);\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" +"swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" -"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" -"machine;\n" +"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" -"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" -"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" +"for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended\n" +"to perform this step;\n" "\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" "\n" -" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" -"graphical desktop;\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" +"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" +"can fail;\n" "\n" -" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" -"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" -"setting up a server;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" +"partition table;\n" "\n" -" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" -"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" -"about 65Mb large.\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" -"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" -"total control over what will be installed.\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" "\n" -"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" -"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installes\n" -"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n" -"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas necessaire de tous les connaître\n" -"par coeur.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous êtes en train de faire une installation normale à partir d'un\n" -"CDROM, il vous sera d'abord demande de specifier quel CD vous avez (en mode\n" -"Expert). Verifier les etiquettes et cliquez sur les boîtes leur etant\n" -"associees. Cliquez sur « OK », lorsque vous êtes prêt à continuer.\n" -"\n" -"Les paquetages sont regroupes selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n" -"groupes sont divises en quatre sections principales :\n" -"\n" -" * « Station de travail »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi,\n" -"selectionner un ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" -"\n" -" * « Environnement graphique »: ce groupe vous permettra de determiner quel\n" -"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il\n" -"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" -"\n" -" * « Developpement »: si votre système sera utilise pour la programmation,\n" -"choisissez les groupes desires.\n" -"\n" -" * « Serveur »: finalement, si vous système doit agir en tant que serveur,\n" -"vous pourrez selectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" -"\n" -" * « Environnement graphique »: ce groupe vous permettra de determiner quel\n" -"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il\n" -"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" -"\n" -"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" -"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous deselectionnez tous\n" -"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n" -"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant differentes options pour une\n" -"installation minimale :\n" -"\n" -" * « Avec X » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" -"environnement de travail graphique ;\n" -"\n" -" * « Avec la documentation de base » : installe le système de base plus\n" -"certains utilitaires de base et leur documentation. Cette installation est\n" -"utilisable comme base pour monter un serveur ;\n" -"\n" -" * « Installation vraiment minimale » : installera le strict minimum\n" -"necessaire pour obtenir un système GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de\n" -"commande. Cette installation prends à peu près 65Mo.\n" -"\n" -"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « Selection individuelle des\n" -"paquetages ». Cette option est à utiliser si vous connaissez exactement le\n" -"paquetage desire ou si vous voulez avoir le contrôle total de votre\n" -"installation.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous avez demarre l'installation en mode \"mise à jour\", vous pouvez\n" -"\"de-selectionner\" tous les groupes afin d'eviter l'installation de\n" -"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n" -"defectueux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" -"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" -"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" "\n" -"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" -"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" -"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" -"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" -"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" -"by other machines on your local network." -msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n" -"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est neanmoins\n" -"possible de desactiver cela en deselectionnant « Horloge système reglee sur\n" -"le meridien de Greenwich » de façon à ce que l'horloge materielle soit la\n" -"même que celle du système. Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine\n" -"accueille un autre système d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" "\n" -"La « Synchronisation automatique » permet de regler l'heure automatiquement\n" -"en se connectant à un serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est\n" -"alors presentee, choisissez un serveur geographiquement proche de vous.\n" -"Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n" -"entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n" -"local qui pourra optionnellement être lui-même utilise par d'autres\n" -"machines de votre reseau local." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" -"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribues\n" -"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n" -"des paquetages. Il ejectera celui present dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n" -"d'inserer le CDROM approprie, selon le cas." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" -"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" -"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" -"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" -"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" -"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" -"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" -"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" -"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" -"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" -"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" -"\n" -"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" -"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" -"easy to compromise a system.\n" -"\n" -"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" -"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" -"\n" -"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" -"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" -"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" -"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" -"\n" -"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" -"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" -"\n" -"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" -"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" -"network administrator.\n" -"\n" -"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" -"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez à prendre ici une decision cruciale pour la securite de votre\n" -"système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n" -"les droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc\n" -"imperatif de choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux\n" -"systèmes prevus à cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des\n" -"utilisateurs). DrakX vous avertira si le mot de passe entre est trop facile\n" -"à deviner. Comme vous pouvez le voir, il est egalement possible de ne pas\n" -"entrer de mot de passe. Nous deconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme\n" -"l'erreur est humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout\n" -"detruire sur votre système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme\n" -"barrière à l'entree.\n" -"\n" -"Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n" -"alphanumeriques. Ne jamais ecrire un mot de passe, forcez-vous à vous en\n" -"souvenir par coeur. Il faut donc menager accessibilite et memoire, donc un\n" -"mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque impossible à memoriser.\n" -"\n" -"Afin d'eviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n" -"l'ecran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'eviter les erreurs\n" -"de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n" -"sera sauvegardee et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'acceder à votre\n" -"système pour la première fois.\n" -"\n" -"En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n" -"serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre reseau utilise un\n" -"de ces protocoles, il faut le selectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idee,\n" -"demandez à votre administrateur de reseau.\n" -"\n" -"Si votre ordinateur n'est pas connecte sur un reseau administre, vous devez\n" -"choisir « Fichiers Locaux » pour l'authentification." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" -"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" -"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" -"\"Accept\" button." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommande de lire attentivement\n" -"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci regit\n" -"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si, pour une raison ou une\n" -"autre, vous n'acceptez pas ces conditions, cliquez sur « Refuser ».\n" -"L'installation sera alors immediatement interrompue. Pour continuer,\n" -"cliquez sur « Accepter »." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" -"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" -"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" -"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" -"\n" -" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" -"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" -"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" -"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" -"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" -"start GNU/Linux!\n" -"\n" -" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" -"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" -"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" -"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" -"password, or any other reason.\n" -"\n" -"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" -"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" -"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" -"the whole disk." -msgstr "" -"Le CDROM d'installation de Mandrake Linux a un mode de recuperation\n" -"predefini. Vous pouvez y acceder en demarrant l'ordinateur sur le CDROM.\n" -"Selon la version de votre « BIOS », il faut lui specifier de demarrer sur\n" -"le CDROM. Vous devriez revenir au disquette de demarrage dans deux cas\n" -"precis :\n" -"\n" -" * Au moment d'installer le « Programme d'amorce », DrakX va reecrire sur\n" -"le secteur (MBR) contenant le programme d'amorce (boot loader) afin de vous\n" -"permettre de demarrer avec Linux ou Windows (en prenant pour acquis que\n" -"vous avez deux systèmes d'exploitation installes. Si vous reinstallez\n" -"Windows, celui-ci va reecrire sur le MBR et il vous sera desormais\n" -"impossible de demarrer Linux.\n" -"\n" -" * Si un problème survient et qu'il vous est impossible de demarrer\n" -"GNU/Linux à partir du disque dur, cette disquette deviendra votre seul\n" -"moyen de demarrer votre système Linux. Elle contient un bon nombre d'outils\n" -"pour recuperer un système defectueux, peu importe la source du problème.\n" -"\n" -"En cliquant sur cette etape, on vous demandera d'inserer une disquette. La\n" -"disquette inseree sera complètement effacee et DrakX se chargera de la\n" -"formater et d'y inserer les fichiers necessaires." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" -"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" -"\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" -"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" -"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" -"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" -"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" -"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" -"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" -"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" -"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" -"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" -"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" -"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" -"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" -"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" -"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" -"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" -"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" -"a floppy." -msgstr "" -"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de selectionner individuellement les\n" -"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous presentera un arbre contenant tous les\n" -"paquetages, classes par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n" -"l'arbre, vous pouvez selectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n" -"paquetages individuels.\n" -"\n" -"Dès que vous selectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une descriptions\n" -"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre selection completee, cliquez sur\n" -"« Installation » pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction\n" -"du type d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages selectionnes, le\n" -"temps requis peut être substantiellement different. Une estimation du temps\n" -"requis est presentee sur l'ecran en cours d'operation afin de vous\n" -"permettre d'evaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n" -"dejeuner.\n" -"\n" -"!! Si un logiciel serveur a ete selectionne, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n" -"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installe. Sous Mandrake, par defaut, tous\n" -"les serveurs installes sont lances au demarrage. Malgre tous les efforts\n" -"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux securitaire, il est\n" -"possible que certaines failles de securite affectes les serveurs installes\n" -"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas precisement à quoi\n" -"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installe, cliquez sur\n" -"« NON ». En cliquant sur « OUI », le serveur sera installe et le service\n" -"rendu disponible au demarrage. !!\n" -"\n" -"L'option « Dependances automatiques » desactive les avertissements qui\n" -"apparaissent à chaque fois que l'installeur selectionne un nouveau paquet.\n" -"Ces avertissements surviennent parce que DrakX a determine que pour qu'un\n" -"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dependant.\n" -"\n" -"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n" -"recuperer une liste de paquetages selectionnes durant une autre\n" -"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'inserer la disquette\n" -"creee lors d'une installation precedente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n" -"dernière etape afin de savoir comment creer une telle disquette." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"any of it.\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" "\n" -"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" -"for bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Chaque partition nouvellement definie doit être formatee, c'est à dire\n" -"qu'un système de fichier (filesystem) doit y être cree.\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" -"Durant cette etape, vous pouvez egalement choisir de reformater d'autres\n" -"partitions existantes afin d'effacer les donnees qu'elles contiennent. Si\n" -"c'est ce que vous desirez, il faut egalement choisir ces partitions.\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisé pour\n" +"votre système Mandrake Linux. Si vous disque est déjà partitionné, soit par\n" +"une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n" +"vous pourrez les utiliser. Si non,, Les partitions devront être créés.\n" "\n" -"Sachez qu'il n'est pas necessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" -"existantes. Vous devez reformater les partitions contenant le système\n" -"d'exploitation, (tel que : « / », « /usr » ou « /var ») mais vous n'avez\n" -"pas à reformater les partitions de donnees que vous voulez garder,\n" -"habituellement « /home ».\n" +"Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n" +"utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n" +"premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n" +"SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n" "\n" -"Restez prudent au moment de selectionner les partitions. Une fois formatee,\n" -"toutes les donnees contenues sur les partitions selectionnees seront\n" -"detruites et il sera impossible de les recuperer.\n" +"Pour partitionner, le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n" +"options suivantes :\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur « OK » lorsque vous être prêt à formater vos partitions.\n" +" * « Tout effacer »: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le\n" +"disque sélectionné;\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur « Annuler » si vous voulez choisir d'autres partitions pour\n" -"votre installation.\n" +" * « Attribution Automatique »: cette option permet de créer un système de\n" +"ficher « Ext2 » and « Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur « Avance », si vous desirez choisir les partitions qui seront\n" -"verifiees pour des secteurs corrompus." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" -"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" -"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" -"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" -"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" -"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Normalement, DrakX selectionne le clavier approprie en fonction de la\n" -"langue choisie et vous ne devriez pas voir cette etape. Cela dit, il est\n" -"possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre\n" -"langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le Quebec et parlez le\n" -"français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour\n" -"les tâches d'administration système et votre clavier français pour ecrire\n" -"de la poesie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette etape\n" -"d'installation et selectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n" -"\n" -"Vous n'avez qu'a choisir la disposition de clavier qui vous convient.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquez sur « Davantage » pour voir toutes les options proposees." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" -"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" -"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +" * « Plus d'options »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalité additionnelle\n" +":\n" "\n" -"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +" * « Sauvegarder la table de partition »: sauves la table de partition\n" +"sur un disque amovibles. Cette option s'avère particulièrement pratique\n" +"pour récurer des partition endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de\n" +"procéder ainsi;\n" "\n" -" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" -"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" -"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +" * « Restaurer la table de partition »: permet de restaurer une table de\n" +"partition sauvé au préalable sur une disquette.\n" "\n" -" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +" * « Récupérer une partition »: si votre table de partition est\n" +"endommagée, vous pouvez essayer de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez\n" +"prudent et sachez que ça ne fonctionne pas à tous les coûts.\n" "\n" -" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" -"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +" * « Recharger la table de partition »: écarte les changements et charge\n" +"la table de partition initiale;\n" "\n" -" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" -"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +" * « Chargement automatique des médias amovibles »: en cochant cette\n" +"case, les cdrom et disquettes (et autres support) seront chargées\n" +"automatiquement.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" -"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +" * « Assistant »: utilisez cette option si vous désirez un assistant pour\n" +"partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement recommandée si\n" +"vous être nouveau en matière de partition.\n" "\n" -" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" -"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" -"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" -"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * « Défaire »: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n" "\n" -"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" -"\"mformat a:\")" -msgstr "" -"Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminee et votre\n" -"système est prêt à être utilise. Cliquez sur « OK » pour redemarrer votre\n" -"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de demarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n" -"est present).\n" +" * « Changez de mode normal/expert »: permet des actions additionnelle sur\n" +"les partitions (type, options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n" "\n" -"Le bouton « Avancee » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres\n" -"options :\n" +" * « Terminer »: une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous\n" +"permettra de sauvegarder vos changements sur le disk.\n" "\n" -" * « Generer une disquette d'auto-install »: Pour creer une disquette\n" -"d'installation qui permettra de reproduire l'installation que vous venez de\n" -"realiser sans l'aide d'un administrateur.\n" +"Notez: vous pouvez atteindre les toutes options en utilisant le clavier.\n" +"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n" "\n" -" Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent après avoir clique sur\n" -"le bouton :\n" +"Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n" "\n" -" * « Replay ». C'est une installation partiellement automatique où il\n" -"est possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n" +" * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n" +"sélectionnée;\n" "\n" -" * « Automatique ». Complètement automatique, cette installation\n" -"reformate le disque au complet.\n" +" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n" "\n" -" Cette fonctionnalite est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n" -"de multiples systèmes. Voir la sectionAuto install de notre site Web.\n" +" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n" "\n" -" * « Sauvegarder les paquetages selectionnes » (*) sauve la selection des\n" -"paquetages installes. Puis, lorsque vous ferez une autre installation,\n" -"inserer la disquette dans le lecteur et acceder au menu d'aide en tapant\n" -"[f1], et entrez la commande suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n" +"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n" +"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de référence ».\n" "\n" -"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatee avec FAT (pour la creer sous\n" -"Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" -"\n" -"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" -"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" -"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" -"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" -"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" -"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" -"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" -"\n" -"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" -"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" -"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" -"usually works well.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" -"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" -"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" -"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" -"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" -"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" -"Windows on your system)." -msgstr "" -"DrakX detecte maintenant tous les peripheriques IDE presents sur votre\n" -"système. Également, DrakX recherchera les peripheriques SCSI. Finalement,\n" -"selon les composantes detectees, DrakX installera tous les pilotes\n" -"necessaires à son fonctionnement.\n" -"\n" -"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de peripheriques disponibles sur le marche,\n" -"dans certain cas la detection de materiel ne fonctionnera pas. Dans ce cas,\n" -"DrakX vous demandera de confirmer si des composantes SCSI sont presentes\n" -"sur votre système. Cliquez sur « Oui » si vous êtes certain d'avoir un\n" -"peripherique SCSI sur votre système. DrakX vous presentera alors une liste\n" -"de carte SCSI disponibles. Selectionnez la vôtre. Évidement, cliquez sur\n" -"« Non », si vous n'en avez pas. Si vous n'êtes pas certain, cliquez sur\n" -"« Voir les informations sur le materiel », puis sur « OK ». Verifiez la\n" -"liste du materiel, puis cliquez sur « OK » pour retourner à la question\n" -"concernant les peripheriques SCSI.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous devez specifier votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous demandera\n" -"de confirmer les options du peripherique. Vous devriez permettre à DrakX de\n" -"verifier automatiquement votre carte pour les options necessaires à\n" -"determiner.\n" -"\n" -"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de verifier les options\n" -"necessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les determiner manuellement.\n" -"Consultez le guide d'utilisation (Chapitre 3, section \"Obtenir des\n" -"informations sur votre materiel\") pour quelques astuces pour retrouver les\n" -"paramètres necessaires dans la documentation de vos peripheriques, sur le\n" -"site du fabricant (si vous avez un accès à Internet) ou à partir des menus\n" -"de Microsoft Windows (si vous utilisiez ce peripherique avec Windows)." +"Si vous installer sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n" +"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisé par le « bootloader »\n" +"yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus grande, disons 50Mo, vous\n" +"trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des images « ramdisk » accessible\n" +"en cas de problème." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot index 10039201e..eac15d990 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot @@ -1,30 +1,39 @@ # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" -"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" -"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" -"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" -"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step.\n" "\n" "You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" "anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" "you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" msgstr "" -"LILO (il LInux LOader) e GRUB sono bootloader: sono in grado di caricare\n" -"indifferentemente GNU/Linux o altri sistemi operativi presenti sul vostro\n" -"computer. Normalmente, questi sistemi operativi sono correttamente rilevati\n" -"e installati. Se non avviene, potete aggiungere una voce a mano in questo\n" -"schermo. State attenti a scegliere i parametri corretti.\n" +"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" +"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n" +"sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà\n" +"automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Qui potete scegliere una\n" +"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili. Cliccate su una delle\n" +"voci e poi su \"Modifica\" per modificarla o rimuoverla; \"Aggiungi\" crea\n" +"una nuova voce; cliccando su \"Fatto\" passerete alla fase successiva.\n" "\n" "Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" "chiunque, nel qual caso potete cancellare le voci corrispondenti, ma in\n" "questo caso avrete bisogno di un boot disk per caricarli!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" +"\n" "Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" "\n" "Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" @@ -37,6 +46,8 @@ msgid "" "Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" "additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." msgstr "" +"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" +"\n" "Scegliete la lingua che intendete usare per l'installazione e l'uso del\n" "sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -53,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "scelto quelle che preferite cliccate sul pulsante \"Ok\" per continuare." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" @@ -86,7 +97,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" "Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" -"option;\n" +"option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated to\n" +"each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default,\n" +"and you should generally keep them.\n" "\n" " * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" "is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" @@ -119,7 +132,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" "your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" "can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" -"know what you are doing." +"know what you are doing. To know how do use the DiskDrake utility used\n" +"here, refer to the section ``Managing Your Partitions'' of the ````User\n" +"Guide''''" msgstr "" "A questo punto dovete scegliere dove installare il vostro sistema operativo\n" "Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" @@ -155,9 +170,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n" "partizioni Linux sul vostro disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete\n" -"questa opzione.\n" +"questa opzione. Vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a\n" +"ciascuna partizione. Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di\n" +"mount precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" "\n" -" * \"Usa lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n" +" * \"Usaf lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n" "è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n" "dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete\n" "cancellare la vostra partizione Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene\n" @@ -194,10 +211,13 @@ msgstr "" "rigido potete scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per\n" "questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n" "causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non scegliete questa\n" -"soluzione se non sapete cosa state facendo." +"soluzione se non sapete cosa state facendo. Per ulteriori informazioni\n" +"riguardo il funzionamento di DiskDrake, il programma utilizzato a questo\n" +"punto, consultate la sezione ''Managing Your Partitions'' della ''''User\n" +"Guide''''" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -216,7 +236,9 @@ msgid "" "If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" "will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" "means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" -"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen. Refer then to the Video\n" +"configuration section of the user guide for more information on how to\n" +"configure your display." msgstr "" "X (che sta per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia grafica di\n" "GNU/Linux, sulla quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici che sono\n" @@ -236,10 +258,12 @@ msgstr "" "Se potete vedere il messaggio e rispondete \"Sì\", allora DrakX passerà\n" "alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il messaggio, significa che la\n" "configurazione non andava bene, e il test terminerà automaticamente dopo 10\n" -"secondi, riportandovi alla schermata precedente." +"secondi, riportandovi alla schermata precedente. Consultate la sezione\n" +"relativa alla configurazione video per avere maggiori informazioni riguardo\n" +"la configurazione dello schermo." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" "Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" @@ -256,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abbiate pazienza, per favore." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" @@ -267,27 +291,27 @@ msgstr "" "andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" "own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" "to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" -"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" -"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" -"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" -"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" -"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" -"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" -"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"you add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own files\n" +"and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one regular\n" +"user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for routine use.\n" +"Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday, it may also\n" +"be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your system would\n" +"not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular user, you may\n" +"only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" "\n" "First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" "as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" "word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" "name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" "system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" -"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" -"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" -"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as the \"root\"'\n" +"one from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it:\n" +"after all, your files are at risk.\n" "\n" "If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" "a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" @@ -328,30 +352,80 @@ msgstr "" "quell'utente (come opzione predefinita è bash)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" -"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" -"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" -"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" -"configured." +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." msgstr "" -"Infine DrakX vi chiederà se desiderate utilizzare l'interfaccia grafica una\n" -"volta terminato il processo di avvio del sistema. Notate che questa domanda\n" -"verrà fatta anche se avete deciso di non provare la configurazione.\n" -"Ovviamente dovrete scegliere \"No\" se la vostra macchina dovrà svolgere il\n" -"ruolo di server, o se non siete riusciti a ottenere una configurazione\n" -"corretta." +"Yaboot is a boot loader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful as\n" +"to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message that is displayed before the boot\n" +"prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicate where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you setup a bootstrap partition earlier to\n" +"hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"C\" for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"N\" for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" "machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" "the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" "However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" -"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" -"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual'' to\n" +"get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" "\n" "If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." msgstr "" @@ -366,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." @@ -375,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" "your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" @@ -393,7 +467,9 @@ msgid "" "order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" "\n" " * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard;\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the correpsonding chapter of the ``User\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation;\n" "\n" " * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" "displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" @@ -422,7 +498,10 @@ msgstr "" "geografica in cui vivete;\n" "\n" " * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" si\n" -"richiamerà l'assistente di configurazione della stampante;\n" +"richiamerà l'assistente di configurazione della stampante. Consultate il\n" +"relativo capitolo della ''User Guide'' per avere maggiori informazioni su\n" +"come configurare una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede\n" +"è simile a quella utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione;\n" "\n" " * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" "audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n" @@ -437,30 +516,30 @@ msgstr "" "cambiarne i parametri." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" "installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" "also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" "system:\n" "\n" -" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" -"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" -"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system, however, depending on\n" +"what is currently installed on your machine, you may be able to keep some\n" +"old partitions (Linux or otherwise) unchanged;\n" "\n" " * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" "packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" "current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" -"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"other configuration steps remain available, similar to a normal\n" "installation;\n" "\n" -" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" -"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" -"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" -"possible.\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this new installation class allows you to\n" +"upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system\n" +"configurations unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation\n" +"is also possible.\n" "\n" -"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" -"release.\n" +"Upgrades should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems containing version\n" +"\"8.1\" or later.\n" "\n" "Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" "choices:\n" @@ -469,11 +548,11 @@ msgid "" "operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" "asked a few questions;\n" "\n" -" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" -"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" -"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" -"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" -"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +" * Expert: if you have a good understanding of GNU/Linux, you may wish to\n" +"perform a highly customized installation. Some of the decisions you will\n" +"have to make may be difficult if you do not have good knowledge of\n" +"GNU/Linux, so it is not recommended that those without a fair amount of\n" +"experience select this installation class." msgstr "" "A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n" "in modalità predefinita (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n" @@ -482,23 +561,23 @@ msgstr "" "esistente:\n" "\n" " * \"Installazione\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda\n" -"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente potrete mantenere inalterate\n" -"alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" +"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile\n" +"mantenere inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" "\n" " * \"Aggiornamento\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare\n" "un semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema\n" "Mandrake Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come\n" "pure le configurazioni individuali degli utenti. Tutti gli altri passi\n" -"relativi alla configurazione verranno effettuati come per una installazione\n" -"da zero.\n" +"relativi alla configurazione restano disponibili, come per una\n" +"installazione da zero.\n" "\n" -" * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuovissima opzione vi permette\n" -"di aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n" -"configurazione globale del sistema. è anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" +" * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuova opzione vi permette di\n" +"aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n" +"configurazione globale del sistema. È anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" "pacchetti all'installazione corrente.\n" "\n" "Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbe svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi Mandrake\n" -"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\".\n" +"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\" o successive.\n" "\n" "Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n" "conoscenza di GNU/Linux:\n" @@ -511,16 +590,20 @@ msgstr "" "questa modalità, che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n" "personalizzata. Rispondere ad alcune delle domande che vi verranno poste\n" "potrebbe essere difficile se non avete una buona conoscenza di GNU/Linux,\n" -"pertanto non fate questa scelta se non sapete bene quello che state\n" -"facendo." +"pertanto vi sconsigliamo di scegliere questa modalità se non disponete\n" +"dell'esperienza necessaria.\n" +"\n" +"Questo manuale descrive in maniera esauriente la modalità d'installazione\n" +"\"Esperto\". Se scegliete la modalità \"Raccomandata\", potete\n" +"semplicemente ignorare i passi relativi alla sola modalità \"Esperto\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" "been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" "\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" "to install updated packages later.\n" "\n" @@ -545,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" "su \"Annulla\" per annullare l'operazione." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" "automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" @@ -584,16 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "options. !!\n" "\n" "Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" -"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" -"\n" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" -"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" -"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" -"installation step." +"options, which are reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" "LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" "programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" @@ -637,20 +711,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" di questa finestra avrete la\n" "possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n" -"esperti.\n" -"\n" -"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostra la\n" -"lista delle opzioni disponibili al momento del boot.\n" -"\n" -"Se sulla vostra macchina è già installato un altro sistema operativo,\n" -"quest'ultimo verrà automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Potete anche\n" -"scegliere di configurare con precisione le opzioni esistenti: selezionate\n" -"una voce e cliccate su \"Modifica\" per modificarne i parametri o\n" -"rimuoverla; \"Aggiungi\" crea una nuova voce, mentre cliccando su \"Fatto\"\n" -"passerete alla fase di installazione successiva." +"esperti." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" "Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" @@ -700,11 +764,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\",\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" "\n" "Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" "più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc.\n" @@ -713,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" "sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" "you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" @@ -777,34 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" "più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml -msgid "" -"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" -"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" -"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" -"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" -"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" -"\n" -"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" -"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" -"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" -"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." -msgstr "" -"Può verificarsi il caso che il primo tentativo non sia quello giusto (lo\n" -"schermo è troppo piccolo, spostato a destra o a sinistra...). Questo è il\n" -"motivo per cui, anche se X viene lanciato correttamente, DrakX vi chiederà\n" -"subito dopo se la configurazione va bene, e vi proporrà di cambiarla\n" -"elencando una lista di modi video validi (in base a quello che ha potuto\n" -"accertare) chiedendovi di sceglierne uno.\n" -"\n" -"Come ultima risorsa, se proprio non riuscite a far funzionare X, scegliete\n" -"\"Cambia scheda grafica\", selezionate \"Unlisted card\", e quando vi verrà\n" -"chiesto quale server desiderate utilizzare, scegliete \"FBDev\": si tratta\n" -"di un'opzione a prova d'errore, che funziona con qualsiasi scheda grafica\n" -"moderna. Quindi scegliete \"Nuovo test\" per essere sicuri." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" "assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" @@ -817,7 +854,14 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" "correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" -"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mouses are sometimes not automatically detected. You will need to\n" +"manually select it in the list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the correct port it is attached to. After you have pressed the \"OK\"\n" +"button, a mouse image is displayed. You then need to move the wheel of your\n" +"mouse to activate it correctly. Then test all buttons and movements are\n" +"correct." msgstr "" "In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presente\n" "sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro mouse è un mouse\n" @@ -831,16 +875,24 @@ msgstr "" "finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" "rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" "non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" -"per premere il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta." +"per premere il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta.\n" +"\n" +"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n" +"automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n" +"lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n" +"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"OK\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" +"mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n" +"provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n" +"a posto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" -"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" -"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" -"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"You are now able to set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"OK\".\n" +"The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If this\n" +"detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You may\n" +"also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" "simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" "\n" "Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" @@ -873,16 +925,16 @@ msgstr "" "amministratore di sistema.\n" "\n" "Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n" -"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo del ''Manuale\n" -"dell'utente''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" -"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" -"configurare la connessione.\n" +"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo del ''User Guide''; in\n" +"alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine l'installazione e\n" +"usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per configurare la\n" +"connessione.\n" "\n" "Se desiderate configurare la rete dopo aver terminato l'installazione, o se\n" "avete già configurato la vostra rete, cliccate su \"Annulla\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" "\n" @@ -919,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" "system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" @@ -948,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" "to have a graphical workstation!\n" "\n" "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" "installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" "different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" @@ -1026,18 +1078,18 @@ msgstr "" "sistema esistente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." msgstr "" "Per favore siate pazienti. Questa operazione può richiedere diversi minuti." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" "local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" -"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"to deactivate this by unselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" "hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" "machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" @@ -1058,14 +1110,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n" "grazie alla connessione con un server del tempo remoto via Internet.\n" -"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perche\n" +"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché\n" "questa opzione funzioni, naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a\n" "Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n" "tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n" "vostra rete locale." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" "knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" @@ -1077,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "inserire quello corretto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" @@ -1107,9 +1159,9 @@ msgid "" "In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" "authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" "\n" -"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" -"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" -"network administrator.\n" +"If your network uses either of the LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain\n" +"authentication services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\".\n" +"If you do not know, ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" "want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." @@ -1135,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr "" "estranei.\n" "\n" "Prestate attenzione, tuttavia, a non scegliere una password troppo lunga o\n" -"complicata, perche dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" +"complicata, perché dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" "sforzo.\n" "\n" "La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate. Per questo motivo è\n" @@ -1145,10 +1197,10 @@ msgstr "" "volta che vi connetterete al sistema.\n" "\n" "In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n" -"server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS o LDAP.\n" +"server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS, LDAP o PDC.\n" "\n" -"Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP (o NIS) per l'autenticazione,\n" -"selezionate il pulsante \"LDAP\" (o \"NIS\") per effettuare\n" +"Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP, NIS o PDC per\n" +"l'autenticazione, selezionate il pulsante appropriato per effettuare\n" "l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n" "rete.\n" "\n" @@ -1156,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "scegliete \"File locali\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" @@ -1172,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Accetta\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" @@ -1228,17 +1280,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" "\n" "Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" "più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" "this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" @@ -1257,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "persi dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" "booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" @@ -1277,10 +1329,10 @@ msgid "" "crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" "password, or any other reason.\n" "\n" -"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" -"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" -"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" -"the whole disk." +"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to enter a disk inside the drive. The\n" +"floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which you do not\n" +"need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite the whole\n" +"disk." msgstr "" "Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n" "Potete accedervi effettuando il boot dal CD-ROM, premendo il tasto >>F1<<\n" @@ -1288,17 +1340,18 @@ msgstr "" "può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n" "creazione di un disco di avvio) per almeno due ragioni:\n" "\n" -" * DrakX riscriverà il settore di boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a\n" -"meno che voi non usiate un altro gestore del boot), in modo che possiate\n" -"avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux, se sul vostro sistema è installato anche\n" -"Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si renderà necessario re-installare\n" -"Windows, il programma di installazione Microsoft riscriverà il settore di\n" -"boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n" +" * quando il bootloader verrà installato, DrakX riscriverà il settore di\n" +"boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a meno che voi non usiate un altro\n" +"gestore del boot), in modo che possiate avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux,\n" +"se sul vostro sistema è installato anche Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si\n" +"renderà necessario re-installare Windows, il programma di installazione\n" +"Microsoft riscriverà il settore di boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in\n" +"grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n" "\n" " * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n" "disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n" "contiene un buon numero di programmi di amministrazione del sistema per\n" -"rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito abbia crash per\n" +"rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito un crash per\n" "un'interruzione di corrente, uno sfortunato errore di battitura, una\n" "password dimenticata o qualsiasi altra ragione.\n" "\n" @@ -1308,12 +1361,12 @@ msgstr "" "necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" -"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you chose to be able to select\n" +"individual packages, you will be presented a tree containing all packages\n" +"classified by groups and subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select\n" +"entire groups, subgroups, or individual packages.\n" "\n" "Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" "right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" @@ -1357,10 +1410,10 @@ msgstr "" "devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" "potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n" "l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n" -"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffe.\n" +"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffé.\n" "\n" "!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n" -"(intenzionalmente, oppure perche faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n" +"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n" "chiesta conferma riguardo una sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n" "predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono avviati\n" "automaticamente al momento del boot. Anche se si tratta di servizi sicuri\n" @@ -1375,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che compare tutte le volte che il\n" "programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n" "Il programma determina in modo automatico, infatti, quali sono i pacchetti\n" -"che sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perche\n" +"che sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perché\n" "quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" "\n" "Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n" @@ -1386,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "creare questo dischetto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" "(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" @@ -1439,34 +1492,42 @@ msgstr "" "danneggiati." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" -"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" -"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" -"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" -"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" -"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" -"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"language you have chosen). However, you might not have a keyboard that\n" +"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English\n" +"speaking Swiss person, you may still want your keyboard to be a Swiss\n" +"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec, you may find\n" +"yourself in the same situation. In both cases, you will have to go back to\n" +"this installation step and select an appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" "\n" "Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards." +"supported keyboards.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-latin alphabet, you will be\n" +"asked on next dialog to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard layout between the latin and non latin layouts." msgstr "" "Normalmente DrakX provvede a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" -"corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto) e voi non vedrete nemmeno\n" -"questo passo. Tuttavia, potreste avere una tastiera che non corrisponde\n" -"esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete un francese che parla italiano, ad\n" -"esempio, potreste comunque preferire una tastiera francese. Oppure, se\n" -"parlate italiano ma vivete nel Quebec, potreste trovarvi nella stessa\n" -"situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete tornare a questa fase\n" -"dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera appropriata dalla lista.\n" +"corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto). Tuttavia, potreste avere\n" +"una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete\n" +"un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n" +"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" +"potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete\n" +"tornare a questa fase dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera\n" +"appropriata dalla lista.\n" "\n" "Cliccate sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" per vedere una lista completa delle\n" -"tastiere supportate." +"tastiere supportate.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n" +"nella prossima finestra di dialogo vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" +"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà di passare dalla mappa latina a\n" +"quella non latina e viceversa." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" "to GNU/Linux.\n" @@ -1481,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Primo settore del disco rigido (MBR)\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" "ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" @@ -1522,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n" "due pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" "\n" -" * \"Crea il floppy di auto installazione\": per creare un floppy di\n" +" * \"Crea il floppy di installazione automatica\": per creare un floppy di\n" "installazione che permette di eseguire automaticamente un' installazione\n" "completa, del tutto simile a quella che avete appena finito di configurare,\n" "senza che sia necessario l'intervento di un operatore.\n" @@ -1542,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" "sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" "\n" -" * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n" +" * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n" "effettuata in precedenza. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione,\n" "potrete inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema\n" "richiamando lo schermo di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n" @@ -1552,20 +1613,20 @@ msgstr "" "formattarne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" -"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"DrakX now detects any IDE devices present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" "DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" "if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" -"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" -"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" -"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" -"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" -"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"be presented with a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you\n" +"have no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of\n" +"hardware detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and\n" +"clicking \"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\"\n" +"button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n" "\n" "If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" "specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" @@ -1614,7 +1675,101 @@ msgstr "" "Windows sul vostro stesso sistema)." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OS's, the entry consists only of a label and the root partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option.\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or \"/\" for your Linux installation.\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used.\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes \"live\".\n" +"Here, you can override this option.\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in \"novideo\" mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a \"*\", if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" @@ -1631,26 +1786,26 @@ msgid "" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" "drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create ext3 and\n" +"swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" "\n" -" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" -"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" -"recommended to perform this step;\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n" +"for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended\n" +"to perform this step;\n" "\n" -" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" "partition table from floppy disk;\n" "\n" -" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" -"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" -"that it can fail;\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" +"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" +"can fail;\n" "\n" -" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" -"initial partition table;\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial\n" +"partition table;\n" "\n" -" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" "users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" @@ -1678,7 +1833,7 @@ msgid "" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" "\n" "To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" -"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" "``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" @@ -1704,8 +1859,8 @@ msgstr "" "sul disco selezionato.\n" "\n" " * \"Alloca automaticamente\": questa opzione vi permette di creare\n" -"automaticamente partizioni di sistema e di swap nello spazio libero\n" -"presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" +"automaticamente partizioni di sistema e di swap, usando il filesystem\n" +"\"Ext3\", nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" "\n" " * \"Ancora\": permette di accedere a funzionalità avanzate:\n" "\n" @@ -1755,12 +1910,12 @@ msgstr "" " * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n" "\n" "Per ottenere informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n" -"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2fs del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" +"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Reference Manual''.\n" "\n" "Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n" -"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" +"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11MB, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" "bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n" -"sui 50Mb, potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito dove conservare un\n" +"sui 50MB, potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito dove conservare un\n" "kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n" "emergenza." |